St.

Martin's Engineering College

UGC Autonomous
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in

COMMON FOR ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING, COMPUTER

SCIENCE ENGINEERING, INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND COMPUTER
SCIENCE & DESIGN (CSD)
I YEAR I SEMESTER
Hours per
Maximum Marks
Course Week
S. No. Course Title Credits
Code Internal External
L T P Total
(CIE) (SEE)
1 MA101BS Linear Algebra and Calculus 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
2 CH102BS Engineering Chemistry 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
3 EE106ES Basic Electrical Engineering 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4 ME107ES Engineering Workshop 1 0 3 2.5 30 70 100
5 EN103HS Professional English 2 0 0 2 30 70 100
6 CH104BS Engineering Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
English Language and
7 EN105HS 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
Communication Skills Lab
8 EE108ES Basic Electrical Engineering Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
Total 12 2 10 19 240 560 800
Mandatory Course (Non-Credit)
9 *TS109 Technical Seminar 0 0 2 - 100 - 100
Induction Programme

I YEAR II SEMESTER
Hours per
Maximum Marks
Course Week
S. No. Course Title Credits
Code Internal External
L T P Total
(CIE) (SEE)
1 MA201BS Advanced Calculus 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
2 AP202BS Applied Physics 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
3 CS205ES Programming for Problem 3 1 0 4
30 70 100
Solving
4 ME206ES Engineering Graphics 1 0 4 3 30 70 100
5 AP203BS Applied Physics Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
6 CS207ES Programming for Problem 0 0 3 1.5
30 70 100
Solving Lab
Total 10 3 10 18 180 420 600
Mandatory Course (Non-Credit)
7 *ES204BS Environmental Science 3 0 0 - 100 - 100
8 *MP209 Micro Project 0 0 2 - 100 - 100

*MC – Satisfied/Unsatisfied

2
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA &NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

II B. Tech-I-Semester
Hours Per
Maximum Marks
Course Week
S. No. Course Title Credits
Code Internal External
L T P Total
(CIE) (SEE)
1. EE301PC Electrical Circuit Analysis 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
2. EE302PC Electromagnetic Fields 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3. EE303PC Electrical Machines I 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
4. ME304ES Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
5. EC305PC Analog Electronics 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
6. EE306PC Electrical Machines I Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
7. EE307PC Electrical Circuits Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
8. EC308PC Analog Electronics Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
Total 15 3 6 21 240 560 800
Mandatory Course (Non-Credit)
9. *GS309MC Gender sensitization Lab 0 0 2 0 100 - 100

II B. Tech-II-Semester
Hours Per
Maximum Marks
Course Week
S. No. Course Title Credits
Code Internal External
L T P Total
(CIE) (SEE)
MA401BS Transformations, Complex
1. Variables&Numerical 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
Techniques
2. EE401PC Electrical Machines II 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
3. EE402PC Power Electronics 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
4. EE403PC Digital Electronics 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
5. EE404PC Power Systems I 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
6. EE406PC Electrical Machines II Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
7. EE408PC Power Electronics Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
8. EE409PC Digital Electronics Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
Total 15 3 6 21 240 560 800
Mandatory Course (Non-Credit)
9. *CI407MC Constitution of India 3 0 0 0 100 - 100
Electrical Software (Value
10. EE410VC 3 0 0 0 100 - 100
Added course)
*MC – Satisfied/Unsatisfied

3
 St. Martin's Engineering College
UGC Autonomous
NBA &NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
III B. Tech-I-Semester
Hours Per
Maximum Marks
S. No. Course Course Title Week Credits
Code Internal External
L T P Total
(CIE) (SEE)
1. EE501PC Control Systems 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
2. EE502PC Power Systems II 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
3. Professional Elective – I 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4. Electrical Measurements and 3 1 0 4 30 70 100
EE503PC
Instrumentation
5. BE504MS Business Economics and 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Financial Analysis
6. Electrical Measurements and 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
EE505PC
Instrumentation Lab
7. EE506PC Control Systems Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
8. EE507PC Power System Simulation Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
9. EN506HS Advanced Communication Skills 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
Lab
Total 15 3 8 22 270 630 900
Mandatory Course (Non-Credit)
10. *IP510MC Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 0 100 - 100
III B. Tech-II-Semester
Hours Per
Maximum Marks
S. No. Course Course Title Week Credits
Code Internal External
L T P Total
(CIE) (SEE)
1. Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

2. Professional Elective – II 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

3. EE601PC Power System Protection 3 1 0 4 30 70 100

EE602PC Microprocessors and 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4. Microcontrollers
5. EE603PC Signals and Systems 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
EE604PC Electrical Energy Conservation 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
6.
and Auditing
7. EE605PC Power System Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
EE606PC Microprocessors and 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
8. Microcontrollers Lab
9. EE607PC Signals and Systems Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
Total 18 1 6 22 270 630 900
Mandatory Course (Non-Credit)
10. *ES608BS Environmental Science 3 0 0 0 100 - 100
*MC – Satisfied/Unsatisfied
4
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA &NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

IV B. Tech-I-Semester
Hours Per
Maximum Marks
S. No. Course Course Title Week Credits
Code Internal External
L T P Total
(CIE) (SEE)
1. Professional Elective III 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2. Professional Elective IV 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3. Open Elective II 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4. FM702MS Fundamentals of Management for 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Engineers
5. EE701PC Electrical and Electronics Design Lab 0 0 3 3 30 70 100
6. EE702PC Industry Oriented Mini Project 0 0 4 2 - 100 100
7. EE703PC Seminar 0 0 2 1 100 - 100
8. EE704PC Project Stage - I 0 0 6 3 100 - 100
Total 12 0 15 21 350 450 800

IV B. Tech-II-Semester
Hours Per
Maximum Marks
S. No. Course Course Title Week Credits
Code Internal External
L T P Total
(CIE) (SEE)
1. Open Elective – III 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

2. Professional Elective – V 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

3. Professional Elective - VI 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

4. EE801PC Project Stage II 0 0 14 7 30 70 100

Total 9 0 14 16 120 280 400

5
 An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
B.Tech. 1st Year Syllabus (w.e.f AY 2020-21)
LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS

I B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
MA101BS B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. Types of matrices and their properties.
2. Concept of a rank of the matrix which is used to know the consistency of system of
linear equations.
3. Concept of Eigen values and eigenvectors and to reduce the quadratic form to canonical
form.
4. Determine the maxima and minima of functions of several variables by using partial
differential coefficients.
5. Evaluation of improper integrals using Beta and Gamma functions.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Write the matrix representation of a set of linear equations and to analyze the solution of
the system of equations.
2. Find the Eigen values and Eigen vectors, reduce the quadratic form to canonical form
using orthogonal transformations.
3. Apply the Mean value theorems for the single variable functions.
4. Apply maxima and minima for functions of several variables and Lagrange’s method of
multipliers.
5. Evaluate the improper integrals using Beta and Gamma functions.

UNIT-I MATRICES Classes: 12

Matrices: Types of Matrices, Symmetric, Hermitian, Skew-symmetric, Skew-Hermitian,

orthogonal matrices, Unitary Matrices, rank of a matrix by Echelon form and Normal form,
Inverse of Non-singular Matrices by Gauss-Jordan method, System of linear equations,
solving system of Homogeneous and Non- Homogeneous equations. Gauss elimination
method, Gauss Seidel Iteration Method.
UNIT-II EIGEN VALUES AND EIGEN VECTORS Classes:12

Linear Transformation and Orthogonal Transformation, Eigen values and Eigenvectors and
their properties, Diagonalization of a matrix, Cayley-Hamilton Theorem (without proof),
finding inverse and power of a matrix by Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, Quadratic forms and
Nature of the Quadratic Forms, Reduction of Quadratic form to canonical forms by
Orthogonal Transformation.

7
 UNIT-III MEAN VALUE THEOREMS Classes:12

Rolle’s theorem, Lagrange’s Mean value theorem with their Geometrical Interpretation and
applications, Cauchy’s Mean Value Theorem. Taylor’s Series. Applications: Finding areas,
volumes of revolutions of curves (Only in Cartesian coordinates)

UNIT-IV FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES Classes: 12

Definitions of Limit and continuity. Partial Differentiation; Euler’s Theorem; Total derivative,
Jacobian; Functional dependence & independence, Maxima and minima of functions of two
variables and three variables using method of Lagrange multipliers. Application: Errors and
approximations.

UNIT-V FIRST ORDER PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL Classes: 12

EQUATIONS AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

First Order linear and non linear Partial Differential Equations, Method of separation of
variables.
Beta and Gamma functions, properties, relation between Beta and Gamma functions, evaluation
of integrals using Beta and Gamma functions.

TEXT BOOKS
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 43rd Edition.
2. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2017.
3. Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi,
11thReprint, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi
Publications, Reprint, 2010.
2. B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9thEdition, Pearson,
Reprint, 2002.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.efunda.com/math/gamma/index.cfm
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/#Mathematics
3. https://www.sosmath.com/
4. https://www.mathworld.wolfram.com/
E -TEXT BOOKS
1. https://www.e-booksdirectory.com/listing.php?category=4
2. https://www.e-booksdirectory.com/details.php?ebook=10830

MOOCS COURSE
1. https://swayam.gov.in/
2. https://swayam.gov.in/NPTEL

8
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY

I B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
CH102BS B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To provide basic knowledge on atomic, molecular orbitals and the bonding interaction
between atoms
2. To analyze the impact of water hardness and its various methods for removal of hardness
of water, numerical problems to calculate the hardness of water in a given sample
3. To discover the importance of electrical energy which originates from chemical reactions
essential for industrial needs
4. To understand the basic concepts of spectroscopy and drug molecules to extrapolate their
chemical knowledge in day to day life
5. To enable the students to understand the use of engineering materials such as polymers,
lubricants and study the industrial applications in the field of engineering and technology
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Achieve the basic concepts of atomic, molecular and electronic changes related to
molecular bonding and magnetism
2. Familiarize with fundamentals of treatment technologies and considerations for its design
and implementation in water treatment plants
3. To extrapolate the knowledge of cell, electrode, electrolysis, electromotive force. To
analyze and develop a technical solution to corrosion problems related to engineering
materials
4. Acquire the significant knowledge about basic concepts of spectroscopy and synthesis
of drug molecules would be known to the students
5. Comprehended and explore engineering applications of polymers and lubricants

UNIT-I MOLECULAR STRUCTURE AND THEORIES OF BONDING Classes: 10

Introduction to VBT, Postulates and draw backs of VBT- Atomic and Molecular orbitals, Linear
Combination of Atomic Orbitals (LCAO), Introduction to Crystal Field Theory (CFT): Salient
features of CFT- Crystal Field Splitting of transition metal ion d-orbitals in tetrahedral, octahedral
and square planar geometries. Applications of CFT- color and magnetic properties.
Postulates of MOT, molecular orbitals of diatomic molecules-molecular orbital energy level
diagrams of N2, O2 and CO molecules.

9
UNIT-II WATER AND ITS TREATMENT Classes: 12

Introduction-hardness of water-causes of hardness. Types of harness: Temporary and Permanent.

Expression and units of hardness. Estimation of hardness of water by complexometric method
(EDTA method), Numerical problems. Boiler troubles- scales, sludges, carryover and caustic
embrittlement. Internal treatment- Calgon conditioning, phosphate conditioning and colloidal
conditioning. External treatment of water- Ion exchange process. Desalination of brackish water-
Reverse osmosis. Potable water and its specifications. Steps involved in the treatment of water by
chlorination and ozonization.

UNIT-III ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND CORROSION Classes: 14

Electrochemical cells- electrode potential, standard electrode potential, Galvanic cell, Nernst
equation- Applications. EMF of a cell. Types of electrodes- standard hydrogen electrode, calomel
and glass electrode- construction and working. Numerical problems.
Batteries - Primary (Lithium cell) and secondary batteries (Lithium ion, Lead acid storage cell)-
Applications.
Corrosion: Introduction, Causes and effects of corrosion- theories of chemical and
electrochemical corrosion- mechanism of electrochemical corrosion. Corrosion control methods-
Cathodic protection- sacrificial anode and impressed current cathodic methods. Metallic coatings-
Methods of preparation of surface- Hot dipping- Galvanization and tinning. Electro plating and
electroless plating.

UNIT-IV SPECTROSCOPY AND SYNTHESIS OF DRUG Classes: 08

MOLECULES

Spectroscopy- Introduction, electromagnetic spectrum, principles of UV-visible, IR

spectroscopy- selection rules and applications. Basic concepts of Nuclear magnetic resonance
spectroscopy, chemical shift, spin-spin splitting. Magnetic resonance imaging.
Structure, synthesis and pharmaceutical applications of Paracetamol and Aspirin.

UNIT-V MATERIAL CHEMISTRY Classes: 12

Polymers: Introduction, Classification of polymers with examples. Types of polymerization:

Addition and Condensation polymerization with examples.
Plastics: Introduction, Characteristics. Thermoplastic and thermosetting plastics. Compounding
and fabrication of plastics (compression and injection molding). Preparation, properties and
engineering applications of PVC, Teflon and Bakelite.
Lubricants: Introduction, Characteristics, mechanism-thick film, thin film, extreme pressure
lubrication, properties- flash point, fire point, cloud point, pour point, mechanical stability and
their significance- applications of lubricants.

10
TEXT BOOKS

1. P. C. Jain and M. Jain, “Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi,18th edition (2018)
2. Prasanta Rath, B. Rama Devi, Ch. Venkataramana Reddy, S. Chakrovarthy, “A Text book
of Engineering Chemistry”, Cengage publications (2019)
3. Shashi Chawla, “Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai & Co. Publishers., New Delhi,15th
edition (2015)
4. C.N. Banwell, “Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy”

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. B. H. Mahan, “University Chemistry”, Narosa Publishing house, New Delhi, 3rd edition
(2013)
2. B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma and M.S. Pathania, “Principles of Physical Chemistry”, S. Nagin
Chand & Company Ltd., 46th edition (2013)
3. J.D. Lee, “Concise Inorganic Chemistry”, Willey Publications, 5th edition (2008)
4. P.W. Atkins, J.D. Paula, “Physical Chemistry”, Oxford, 8th edition (2006)
5. G. L. David Krupadanam, D. Vijaya Prasad, K. Varaprasad Rao, K.L.N. Reddy and C.
Sudhakar, “Drugs”, Universities Press (India) Limited, Hyderabad (2007)

WEB REFERENCES

1. Chemistry: foundations and applications. J. J. Lagowski, editor in chief. New York,

Macmillan Reference USA, c2004. 4v
2. Polymer data handbook. Edited by James E. Mark. 2nd ed. Oxford, New York, Oxford
University Press, 2009
3. https://www.wyzant.com/resources/lessons/science/chemistry
4. http://www.chem1.com/acad/webtext/virtualtextbook.html

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. Krishnamurthy, N., Vallinayagam, P., Madhavan, D., Engineering Chemistry, ISBN:

9789389347005, eBook ISBN: 9789389347012, Edition: Fourth Edition
2. Vijayasarathy, P. R., Engineering Chemistry, Print Book ISBN : 9789387472778,
eBook ISBN : 9789387472785, Edition : Third Edition

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://onlinecourses-archive.nptel.ac.in
2. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/chemistry

11
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

BASIC ELECTRICALENGINEERING

I B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE106ES B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSEOBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To introduce the concepts of electrical circuits and its components
2. To understand magnetic circuits, DC circuits and AC single phase &three phase
circuits
3. To study and understand the different types of DC/AC machines and Transformers.
4. To import the knowledge of various electrical installations.
5. To introduce the concept of power, power factor and its improvement.
COURSEOUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. To analyze and solve electrical circuits using network laws.
2. To analyze and solve electrical circuits using theorems.
3. To understand and analyze basic Electric and Magnetic circuits.
4. To study the working principles of Electrical Machines.
5. To introduce components of Low Voltage Electrical Installations.

UNIT-I D.C.CIRCUITS Classes:15

Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), voltage and current sources, KVL&KCL, analysis of
simple circuits with dc excitation. Superposition, The venin’s and Norton’s Theorems.
Time-domain analysis of first-order RL and RC circuits.

UNIT-II A.C.CIRCUITS Classes:10

Representationofsinusoidalwaveforms,peakandrmsvalues,phasorrepresentation,realpower, reactive
power, apparent power, power factor, Analysis of single-phase ac circuits consisting of R,
L,C,RL,RC,RLCcombinations(seriesandparallel),resonanceinseriesRL-Ccircuit.

UNIT-III TRANSFORMERS Classes:15

Ideal and practical transformer, EMF equation, operation on no load and on load, OC and SC tests,
phasor diagrams equivalent circuit, losses in transformers, regulation, Efficiency and condition for
maximum efficiency, Auto-transformer.

UNIT-IV ELECTRICALMACHINES Classes:15

Generation of rotating magnetic fields, Construction and working of a three-phase induction Motor,
Significance of torque-slip characteristics. Loss components and efficiency. Construction, working,
Torque-speed characteristics of separately excited, shunt, series, compound dc motors.

12
UNIT-V ELECTRICALINSTALLATIONS Classes:10

Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit (SFU), MCB, ELCB, MCCB, Types of Wires
and Cables, electrical Safety precautions in handling electrical appliances, electric shock, first aid
for electric shock, safety rules.

TEXTBOOKS

1. Basic Electrical Engineering - D.P. Kothari and I.J. Nagrath, 3rd edition 2010, Tata,
McGraw Hill.
2. D.C. Kulshreshtha, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, McGraw Hill,2009.
3. L.S.Bobrow,FundamentalsofElectricalEngineering”,OxfordUniversityPress,2011
4. Electrical and Electronics Technology, E. Hughes, 10th Edition, Pearson,2010

REFERENCEBOOKS

1. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, Vincent Deltoro, Second Edition, Prentice Hall

India, 1989.
2. P. V. Prasad, S. Sivanagaraju, R. Prasad, “Basic Electrical and
Electronics Engineering” Cengage Learning, 1st Edition,2013.
3. V. D. Toro, – Electrical Engineering Fundamentals Prentice Hall India,1989.

WEBREFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. http://www.basicsofelectricalengineering.com/
3. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/circuits-topic/circuits-
4. resistance/a/ee-voltage-and-current
5. https://circuitglobe.com/

E -TEXTBOOKS

1. https://easyengineering.net/basic-electrical-engineering-by-wadhwa/
2. https://easyengineering.net/objective-electrical-technology-by-mehta/

MOOCSCOURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/1
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102146/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/35

13
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

I B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
ME107ES B.Tech
1 0 3 2.5 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To Study of different hand operated power tools, uses and their demonstration.
2. To gain a good basic working knowledge required for the production of various engineering
products.
3. To provide hands on experience about use of different engineering materials, tools,
equipments and processes those are common in the engineering field.
4. To develop a right attitude, team working, precision and safety at workplace.
5. It explains the construction, function, use and application of different working
tools, equipment and machines.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Study and practice on machine tools and their operations
2. Practice on manufacturing of components using workshop trades including Fitting,
Carpentry, Foundry, Tin-smithy, House Wiring and Welding.
3. Identify and apply suitable tools for different trades of Engineering processes including
drilling, material removing, measuring, chiseling.
4. Apply basic electrical engineering knowledge for house wiring practice.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

TRADES FOR EXERCISES (Any two exercises from each trade)

1. Tin-Smithy – (Square Tin, Cone and Cylinder)
2. Carpentry – (T-Lap Joint, Planning Sawing & Dovetail Joint)
3. Welding Practice – (Arc Welding-Butt Joint, Lap Joint &T-Joint)
4. Black Smithy – (Round to Square, S-Hook &U-Clamp)
5. Foundry – (Mould using Single Piece and Split Pattern)
6. Fitting – (V-Fit, Square Filing & Semi-circular fit)
7. House-wiring – (Two-way Switch and one-way switch in series)
TRADES FOR DEMONSTRATION
8. Plumbing, Machine Shop, Power tools in construction, Wood turning lathe and Casting
Process.
Note: At least perform 10 Exercises out of 14 Exercises.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Work shop Manual - P.Kannaiah/ K.L.Narayana/ Scitech Publishers.

2. Workshop Manual / Venkat Reddy/ BS Publications/Sixth Edition
3. Workshop Technology by Chapman
4. A Textbook Of Workshop Technology : Manufacturing Processes/J. K GUPTA
14
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Work shop Manual - P. Kannaiah/ K. L. Narayana/ SciTech

2. Workshop Manual / Venkat Reddy/ BSP
3. Workshop Technology by Hazra-Chowdhary
4. Production Engineering by R.K.Jain

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105126/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/112105127/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107145/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104015/

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. http://103.135.169.82:81/fdScript/RootOfEBooks/MED/Introduction
Workshop%20Technology
2. https://www.quora.com/Download-free-mechanical-engineering-ebooks-sites

MOOCS Course

1. http://www.nits.ac.in/workshops/Workshop_on_MOOCS_26082017.pdf
2. https://www.nitttrc.ac.in/swayam/index.html

15
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH

I B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EN103HS B. Tech
2 0 0 2 30 70 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To enable students
1. To enhance their vocabulary and basic grammar rules for communicative
competence.
2. To hone their comprehensive skills through various reading techniques.
3. To develop the professional writing with the practice of formal letters, e-mails,
reports, resumes, etc.
4. To use various sentence structures effectively in formal and informal contexts.
5. To improve scientific and technical communication skills through technical
vocabulary and appropriate prose texts.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of the course, the students are able to
1. Use vocabulary effectively and syntactically.
2. Translate the reading techniques and apply them in literary texts.
3. Demonstrate enhanced competence in standard Written English.
4. Develop the competence in writing professional documents.
5. Exhibit appropriate communicative approaches to suit various contexts.
UNIT-I THE RAMAN EFFECT Classes:7
Vocabulary: Word Formation, Use of affixes,
Grammar: Articles, Prepositions
Writing: Paragraph Writing, Organizing principles of Paragraphs in documents
UNIT-II THE LOST CHILD Classes:9
Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms
Grammar: Noun – Pronoun Agreement and Concord
Reading: Significance & Techniques of reading; Skimming – Reading for the gist of a
text; Scanning– Reading for specific information; Intensive; Extensive
reading; SQ3R Technique; Reading Comprehension;
Reading Poetry -The Road Not Taken
Writing: Narrative Writing
UNIT-III SATYA NADELLA’S EMAIL TO HIS EMPLOYEES Classes:10
Vocabulary: Homonyms-Homophones-Homographs
Grammar: Tenses
Writing : Significance & Effectiveness of Writing; Writing Descriptions;
Letter writing; E-mail writing

16
UNIT-IV WHAT SHOULD YOU BE EATING? Classes:10
Vocabulary: Technical vocabulary; Words from Foreign Languages; abbreviations
and acronyms
Grammar: Misplaced Modifiers; Redundancies and Cliches
Writing: Information Transfer, Note Making, Writing an Abstract and Report Writing

UNIT-V HOW A CHINESE BILLIONAIRE BUILT HER Classes:9

FORTUNE
Vocabulary: Words often Confused; Idioms and Phrasal verbs, One- word Substitutes;
Grammar: Conditional Sentences; Degrees of Comparison; Simple-Complex-
Compound Sentences and Common errors
Writing: Essay writing
TEXTBOOKS:

1. Sudarshana, N.P. and Savitha, C. (2018). English for Engineers.

Cambridge University Press.
2. Education for Life and Work – English Workbook prepared by English
Faculty of St. Martin’s Engineering College.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Swan, M. (2016). Practical English Usage. Oxford University Press.

2. Kumar, S and Lata, P. (2018). Communication Skills. Oxford University Press.
3. Zinsser, William. (2001). On Writing Well. Harper Resource Book.

WEB REFERENCES:

1. www.edufind.com
2. www.myenglishpages.com
3. http://grammar.ccc.comment.edu
4. http://owl.english.prudue.edu

E –TEXTBOOKS:

1. http://bookboon.com/en/communication-ebooks-zip
2. http://learningenglishvocabularygrammar.com/files/idiomsandphraseswithmeanin
gsandexamlespdf.pdf

MOOCS COURSE:

1. https://mooec.com/courses/grammar-guru-1
2. https://mooec.com/courses/learning-styles

17
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY

I B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
CH104BS B. Tech
0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. Estimation of hardness and chloride content in water to check its suitability for drinking
purpose
2. To find the concentration of ions present in an unknown solution
3. To know the handling procedure of colorimetric and conductometric instruments
4. The fundamentals of drug synthesis
5. The measurement of physical properties like surface tension, viscosity and acid value
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand the total dissolved salts present in a sample of water
2. Determine the concentration of ions existing in a solution
3. Find the strength of an acid by conductometric methods
4. Acquire basic knowledge on the chemical reaction used to synthesize drug molecules
like aspirin and Paracetamol
5. Select lubricants for various purposes such as to reduce the friction between two
movable surfaces and to determine the surface tension of a given liquid
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Volumetric Analysis
1. Determination of total hardness of water by complexometric method using EDTA.
2. Determination of chloride content of water by Argentometry.
3. Determination of acid value of coconut oil.
Potentiometry
4. Determination of Fe2+ ions present in the given sample by Potentiometric titration.
Conductometry
5. Estimation of HCl by conductometric titration.
6. Estimation of acetic acid by conductometric titration.
Colorimetry
7. Estimation of Copper by colorimetric method.
Synthesis of Drugs
8. Synthesis of aspirin and Paracetamol.

18
Physical constants
9. Determination of viscosity of the given sample by using Ostwald’s Viscometer.
10. Determination of surface tension of a given liquid using stalagmometer.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Senior practical physical chemistry, B. D. Khosla, A. Gulati and V. Garg (R. Chand
and Co., Delhi)
2. Prasanta Rath, B. Rama Devi, Ch. Venkataramana Reddy, S. Chakrovarthy, “A Text
book of Engineering Chemistry”, Cengage publications (2019)
3. An introduction to practical; chemistry, K.K. Sharma and D. S. Sharma (Vikas
publishing, New Delhi)
th
4. Vogel’s text book of practical organic chemistry, 5 edition
5. S. S. Dhara, Text book on experiments and calculations in engineering chemistry, B.S
Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. G. H. Jeffery, J. Bassett, J. Mendham and R. C. Denney, “Vogel’s Text Book of

Quantitative Chemical Analysis”
2. O. P. Vermani & Narula, “Theory and Practice in Applied Chemistry”, New Age
International Publishers
3. Gary D. Christian, “Analytical chemistry”, 6th Edition, Wiley India

WEB REFERENCES

1. Phillip E. Savage, Industrial & Engineering Chemistry: At the Forefront of Chemical

Engineering Research since 1909, Ind. Eng. Chem.Res.20195811
2. Elias, AI. Sundar Manoharan S. and Raj, H. "Laboratory Experiments for General
Chemistry", I.I.T. Kanpur, 1997

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. Payal B Joshi, Experiments In Engineering Chemistry, Edition: First, ISBN: 978-93-

85909-13-9, Publisher: I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd
2. Mohapatra, Ranjan Kumar, Engineering Chemistry With Laboratory
Experiments, ISBN: 978- 81-203-5158-5, PHI Learning Private Limited

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://sce.ethz.ch/en/programmes-and-courses/suche-
angebote.html?polycourseId=1299
2. https://www.classcentral.com/course/open2study-chemistry-building-blocks-of-the-
world-1297

19
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS LABORATORY

I B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EN105HS B. Tech
0 0 2 1 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To train students
1. To use accurate and appropriate pronunciation through the practice of phonetic
sounds, symbols, word accent and into nation.
2. To improve their fluency in spoken English and neutralize their mother tongue
influence through JAM Sessions, Role-play, etc.
3. To comprehend the speech of people of various regions through Listening practice
exercises.
4. To enable students to transfer information verbally with the right usage of Body
language through individual and group activities.
5. To understand nuances of English language by practicing various exercises at
Multi-media lab.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of the course, student will be able to
1. Differentiate the speech sounds in English and demonstrate accurate pronunciation.
2. Communicate with others in clear and confident manner.
3. Improve their effective and empathetic listening ability.
4. Show the zeal to participate in Public Speaking Sessions.
5. Neutralize the Mother tongue influence in day to communication.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
EXERCISE: I
CALL LAB:
Introduction to Phonetics – Speech sounds - vowels and consonants
ICS LAB:
Ice-breaking Activity – Non-verbal Communication
EXERCISE: II
CALL LAB:
Minimal Pairs – Consonant Clusters – Past Tense Marker and Plural Marker Rules
ICS LAB:
Role Play – Expressions in various Situations – Making Requests and Seeking
Permissions

20
EXERCISE: III
CALL LAB:
Structure of Syllables – Word Accent –Stress shift–Intonation
ICS LAB:
Telephone Communication –Etiquette
EXERCISE: IV
CALL LAB:
Listening Comprehension Tests
ICS LAB:
Presentations Skills & JAM Session
EXERCISE: V
CALL LAB:
Mother Tongue Interference – Differences in British and American Pronunciation
ICS LAB:
Interview Skills – Mock Interviews

TEXTBOOKS:

1. ELCS Lab Manual prepared by English faculty of St. Martin’s Engineering College.
2. Exercises in Spoken English. Parts I –III. CIEFL, Hyderabad. Oxford University
Press.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. T Balasubramanian. A Textbook of English Phonetics for
Indian Students, Macmillan,2008
2. J Sethi et al. A Practical Course in English Pronunciation, Prentice Hall India, 2005.
3. Priyadarshi Patnaik. Group Discussions and Interviews, Cambridge University
Press Pvt Ltd2011.
4. Arun Koneru, Professional Speaking Skills, Oxford University Press,2016.

WEB REFERENCES:

1. https://www.asha.org/PRPSpecificTopic.aspx?folderid=8589935321&section=Refere
nces
2. Argyle, Michael F., Alkema, Florisse, & Gilmour, Robin. “The communication of
friendly and hostile attitudes: Verbal and nonverbal signals.” European Journal of
Social Psychology, 1, 385- 402:1971
3. Blumer, Herbert. Symbolic interaction: Perspective and method. Engle
wood Cliffs; NJ: Prentice Hall.1969

E –TEXTBOOKS:

1. Mc corry Laurie Kelly Mc Corry Jeff Mason, Communication Skills for the
st
Healthcare Professional, 1 edition, ISBN:1582558140, ISBN-13:9781582558141
th
2. Robert E Owens, Jr, Language Development, 9 edition,
ISBN:0133810364, 9780133810363

MOOCS Course:
1. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/improve-english
2. https://www.edx.org/professional-certificate/upvalenciax-upper-intermediate-english

21
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERINGLABORATORY

I B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE108ES B. Tech
0 0 2 1 30 70 100
COURSEOBJECTIVES:
To learn
1. To analyze a given network by applying various electrical laws
2. To analyze a given network by applying various network theorems
3. To know the response of electrical circuits for different excitations
4. To calculate, measure and know the relation between basic electrical parameters.
5. To analyze the performance characteristics of DC and AC electrical machines
COURSEOUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Get an exposure to basic electrical laws.
2. Understand the response of different types of electrical circuits
3. Understand the response of different types of electrical Theorems
4. Understand different types of Excitations.
5. Understand the basic characteristics of transformers and electrical machines.
LIST OFEXPERIMENTS
PART-A
1. Verification of Ohms Law
2. Verification of KVL and KCL
3. Transient Response of Series RL and RC circuits using DC excitation
4. Transient Response of RLC Series circuit using DC excitation
5. Resonance in series RLC circuit.
6. Verification of Super position theorem.
7. Verification of Thevenin’s Theorem.
8. Verification of Norton’s Theorem.
PART-B
9. O.C. & S.C. Tests on Single Phase Transformer.
10. Load Test on Single Phase Transformer (Calculate Efficiency and Regulation).
11. Performance Characteristics of a Separately/Self Excited DC
Shunt/Compound Motor.
12. Torque-Speed Characteristics of a Separately/Self Excited DC
Shunt/Compound Motor.
13. Performance Characteristics of a Three-phase Induction Motor
14. Torque-Speed Characteristics of a Three-phase Induction Motor

*Note: Any five experiments from Part-A and Part-B.

22
TEXTBOOKS
1. Basic Electrical Engineering - D.P. Kothari and I.J. Nagrath, 3rd edition2010,Tata
2. McGraw Hill.
3. D.C. Kulshreshtha, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, McGraw Hill,2009.
4. L.S.Bobrow,FundamentalsofElectricalEngineering”,OxfordUniversityPress,
2011
5. Electrical and Electronics Technology, E. Hughes, 10th Edition, Pearson,2010

REFERENCEBOOKS
1. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, Vincent Deltoro, Second Edition,
Prentice Hall India, 1989.
2. P.V.Prasad, S.sivanagaraju, R.Prasad, “Basic Electrical and
Electronics Engineering” Cengage Learning, 1st Edition,2013.
3. V. D. Toro, – Electrical Engineering Fundamentals Prentice Hall India,1989.
WEBREFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. http://www.basicsofelectricalengineering.com/
3. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/circuits-
topic/circuits-resistance/a/ee-voltage-and-current
4. https://circuitglobe.com/

E -TEXTBOOKS

1. https://easyengineering.net/basic-electrical-engineering-by-wadhwa/
2. https://easyengineering.net/objective-electrical-technology-by-mehta/

MOOCS Course

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/1
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102146/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/35

23
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

ADVANCED CALCULUS

I B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
MA201BS B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. Methods of solving the differential equations of first and higher order
2. Evaluation of multiple integrals and their applications
3. The physical quantities involved in engineering field related to vector valued
functions
4. The basic properties of vector valued functions and their applications
5. Vector point functions and scalar point functions
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Identify whether the given differential equation of first order is exact or not.
2. Solve higher order differential equation and apply the concept of differential
equation to real problems.
3. Evaluate the multiple integrals and apply the concept to find areas and volumes.
4. Is able to find gradient, directional derivative, divergence and curl.
5. Evaluate the line, surface and volume integrals and converting them from one to
another.

UNIT-I FIRST ORDER ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL Classes: 10

EQUATIONS

Exact, linear and Bernoulli’s equations, Equations not of first degree: equations solvable
for p, equations solvable for y, equations solvable for x and Clairaut’s type, Applications:
Newton’s law of cooling, Law of natural growth and decay, Simple Harmonic Motion

UNIT-II ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF Classes: 12

HIGHER ORDER

Second order linear differential equations with constant coefficients: Non-Homogeneous

terms of the type eax, sin𝑎x, cos𝑎x, polynomial in 𝑥m, 𝑒ax𝑉(x) and xV(x),method of variation of
parameters, Applications: LCR Circuit.

24
UNIT-III MULTIPLE INTEGRATION Classes:12
Evaluation of Double Integrals (Cartesian and polar coordinates), change of order of
integration (only Cartesian form); Evaluation of Triple Integrals: Change of variables
(Cartesian to polar) for double and (Cartesian to Spherical and Cylindrical polar
coordinates) for triple integrals. Applications: Areas (by double integrals) and volumes (by
double integrals and triple integrals)
UNIT-IV VECTOR DIFFERENTIATION Classes: 12

Vector point functions and scalar point functions. Gradient, Divergence and Curl.
Directional derivatives, Tangent plane and normal line. Vector Identities. Scalar potential
functions. Solenoidal and Irrotational vectors

UNIT-V VECTOR INTEGRATION Classes: 12

Line, Surface and Volume Integrals. Theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes (without
proofs) and their applications

TEXT BOOKS

1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 43rd Edition.

2. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons,2006
3. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9thEdition, Pearson,
Reprint, 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Paras Ram, Engineering Mathematics, 2nd Edition, CBS Publishes

2. S. L. Ross, Differential Equations, 3rd Ed., Wiley India, 1984.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.efunda.com/math/gamma/index.cfm
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/#Mathematics
3. https://www.sosmath.com/
4. https://www.mathworld.wolfram.com/

E -TEXT BOOKS
1. https://www.e-booksdirectory.com/listing.php?category=4
2. https://www.e-booksdirectory.com/details.php?ebook=10830

MOOCS COURSE
1. https://swayam.gov.in/
2. https://swayam.gov.in/NPTEL

25
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

APPLIED PHYSICS

I B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
AP202BS B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. The fundamental postulates of quantum mechanics.
2. The concepts related to semiconductors.
3. The concepts related to PN Junction diode and its applications.
4. The basic concepts of laser and optical fiber and its applications.
5.The fundamentals of dielectrics and magnetic materials.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
1. Demonstrate the fundamental concepts on Quantum behavior of matter in its
microstate.
2. Understand the knowledge of fundamentals of Semiconductor physics.
3. Design and explain the characteristics of Optoelectronic devices.
4. Analyze the properties of Laser and Optical Fibers and its application in engineering
fields.
5. Design, characterize and prepare new materials for various engineering applications
by using dielectric and magnetic materials.
UNIT-I QUANTUM MECHANICS Classes: 12

Introduction to quantum physics, Black body radiation, Planck’s Law, Photoelectric effect,
Compton effect, de-Broglie’s hypothesis, Wave-particle duality, Davisson and Germer experiment,
Heisenberg’s Uncertainty principle, Born’s interpretation of the wave function, Schrodinger’s time
independent wave equation, Particle in one dimensional box.
UNIT-II SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS Classes: 14

Intrinsic and Extrinsic semiconductors, Carrier Concentration in Intrinsic and Extrinsic

semiconductors Dependence of Fermi level on Temperature, Carrier generation and
recombination, Carrier transport: diffusion and drift, Hall effect, p-n junction diode, Zener
diode and their V-I Characteristics.
UNIT-III OPTOELECTRONICS Classes: 10

Radiative and non-radiative recombination mechanisms in semiconductors and LED: Device

structure, Materials, Characteristics and figures of merit, Semiconductor photo detectors: Solar
cell, PIN and Avalanche and their structure, Materials, working principle and Characteristics.

26
UNIT-IV LASERS AND FIBRE OPTICS Classes: 12

Lasers: Introduction to interaction of radiation with matter, Characteristics, Principle and

working of Laser, Population inversion, Pumping, Types of Lasers: Ruby laser, He-Ne laser
and Semiconductor laser, Applications of laser. Fibre Optics: Introduction, Total internal
reflection, Acceptance angle, Acceptance cone and Numerical aperture, Step and Graded index
fibres, Losses associated with optical fibres, Applications of optical fibres in Communication
System and Sensors.

UNIT-V Dielectric and Magnetic Properties of Materials Classes: 12

Introduction to Dielectrics, Polarization, Permittivity and Dielectric constant, Types of Polarization

(Qualitative), Internal fields in a solid, Clausius-Mossotti equation, Ferroelectrics and Piezoelectric.
Magnetization, permeability and susceptibility, Classification of magnetic materials,
Ferromagnetism and Domain theory of ferromagnetism – Hysteresis curve based on domain theory,
Applications of magnetic materials.
TEXT BOOKS

1. Engineering Physics, B.K. Pandey, S. Chaturvedi – Cengage Learning.

2. Halliday and Resnick, Physics-Wiley.
3. A textbook of Engineering Physics, Dr. M. N. Avadhanulu, Dr. P.G. Kshirsagar -S.Chand.
4. Introduction to Solid State Physics by Charles Kittel (Publishers: John Wiley&Sons)

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Richard Robinett ,Quantum Mechanics.

2. J. Singh, Semiconductor Optoelectronics: Physics and Technology, Mc Graw-Hill inc.(1995).
3. Online Course: “Optoelectronics Materials and Devices” by Monica Katiyar and Deepak
Gupta NPTEL.

WEB REFERENCES

1. Introductory Quantum Mechanics:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115104096/

2. Fundamental concepts of semi conductors:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115102025/
3. SemiconductorOptoelectronics:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115102103/
4. Fibre Optics:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115107095/
E -TEXT BOOKS
1. library genesis: https://libgen.is/

MOOCS COURSE
1. Swayam: https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ph13/preview
2. Alison :https://alison.com/courses?&category=physics

27
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING

I B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
CS205ES B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To learn the fundamentals of computers.
2. To understand the various steps in program development.
3. To learn the syntax and semantics of C programming language.
4. To learn the usage of structured programming approach in solving problems.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able
1. To write algorithms and to draw flowcharts for solving problems.
2. To convert the algorithms/flowcharts to C Programs.
3. To code and test, a given logic in C programming language.
4. To decompose a problem into functions and to develop modular reusable code.
5. To use arrays, pointers, strings and structures to write C programs
6. Searching and sorting problems

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO C PROGRAMMING Classes: 16

LANGUAGE

Introduction to components of a computer system: disks, primary and secondary memory,

processor, operating system, compilers, creating, compiling and executing a program etc.,
Number systems Introduction to Algorithms: steps to solve logical and numerical problems.
Representation of Algorithm, Flowchart/Pseudo code with examples, Program design and
structured programming.
Introduction to C Programming Language: I/O: Simple input and output with scanf and
printf, variables (with data types and space requirements), Syntax and Logical Errors in
compilation, object and executable code, Operators, expressions and precedence,
Expression evaluation, type conversion

UNIT-II CONDITIONAL BRANCHING, LOOPS, ARRAY AND Classes: 14

STRINGS
Conditional Branching and Loops: Writing and evaluation of conditionals and consequent
branching with if, if-else, switch-case, ternary operator, goto, Iteration with for, while, do-
while loops.
Arrays: one- and two-dimensional arrays, creating, accessing and manipulating elements of
arrays.
Strings: Introduction to strings, handling strings as array of characters, basicstringfunctions
available in C (strlen, strcat, strcpy, strstr etc.), arrays ofstrings.

28
 UNIT-III STRUCTURE AND POINTER Classes:10
Structures: Defining structures, initializing structures, unions, Array of structures.
Pointers: Idea of pointers, defining pointers, Pointers to Arrays and Structures, Use of
Pointers in self- referential structures, usage of self referential structures in linked list (no
implementation), Enumeration data type.
Dynamic memory allocation: Allocating and freeing memory, Allocating memory for
arrays of different data types
UNIT-IV FUNCTION AND STORAGE CLASSES Classes: 12
Functions: Designing structured programs, declaring a function, Signature of a function,
Parameters and return type of a function, passing parameters to functions, call by value
Passing arrays to functions, passing pointers to functions, idea of call by reference, Some C
standard functions and libraries
Recursion: Simple programs, such as Finding Factorial, Fibonacci series etc., Limitations of
Recursive functions
Storage classes (auto, extern, static and register)
UNIT-V FILES AND PRE-PROCESSOR Classes: 12
Preprocessor: Commonly used Preprocessor commands like include, define, undef, if, ifdef,
ifndef.
Files: Text and Binary files, Creating and Reading and writing text and binary files,
Appending data to existing files, Writing and reading structures using binary files, Random
access using fseek, ftell and rewind functions
TEXT BOOKS
1. The C Programming Language by Dennis M Ritchie, Brian W. Kernigham, 1988, PHI
2. Computer System & Programming in C by S Kumar & S Jain, Nano Edge Public
publications, Meerut.
3. Fundamentals of Computing and C Programming, R. B. Patel, Khanna Publications,
2010, New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C, Reema Theraja,Oxford
2. Information technology, Dennis P. Curtin, Kim Foley, Kunal Sen, Cathleen Morin,
1998,TMH
3. Theory and problem of programming with C, Byron CGottfried, TMH

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cplusplus/
3. https://www.cprogramming.com/tutorial/c-tutorial.html
E -TEXT BOOKS
1. https://fresh2refresh.com/c-programming/
2. https://beginnersbook.com/2014/01/c-tutorial-for-beginners-with-examples/
3. https://www.sanfoundry.com/simple-c-programs/
MOOCS Course
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/106105085/4
2. https://www.quora.com/Are-IIT-NPTEL-videos-good-to-learn-basic-C-programming

29
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

I B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
ME206ES B.Tech
1 0 4 3 30 70 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
The course aims at empowering the students with drafting skills and enhancing their
visualization capacity in order to draw different views of the given object.
To develop in students, graphic skills for communication of concepts, ideas and design of
engineering products.
To expose them to existing national standards related to technical drawings.
To impart knowledge about standard principles of orthographic projection of objects.
It will help students to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools and
communicate effectively.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
Familiarize with the fundamentals and standards of Engineering graphics
Project orthographic projections of lines and plane surfaces.
Convert orthographic views to isometric views and vice-versa and know the basics of
AutoCAD.
Preparing working drawings to communicate the ideas and information.
Know and use common drafting tools with the knowledge of drafting standards.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING DRAWING Classes: 15

Introduction to Engineering Graphics: Principles of Engineering Graphics and their

significance, Usage of Drawing instruments, lettering, Conic sections including
Rectangular Hyperbola (General method only); Cycloid, Epicycloids and Involutes.
Scales: Plain & Diagonal Scales.

UNIT-II ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS Classes:15

Projections of points: Principles of orthographic projections – conventions – first and third

angle projections. Projection of points in all quadrants.
Projection Of Lines – lines inclined to single plane, lines inclined to both the planes.
Projection of Planes: Projection of regular planes – planes inclined to one plane, planes
inclined to both planes.

30
UNIT-III PROJECTION OF SOLIDS & SECTION OF SOLIDS Classes:12

Projection of Solids: Projections of regular solids like cube, prism, pyramid, cylinder and
cone. Axis inclined to both the reference planes.
Section of Solids: Sectioning of above solids in simple vertical position with the cutting
plane is inclined to the one plane and perpendicular to the other –true shape of section.

UNIT-IV DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES & ISOMETRIC Classes: 15

PROJECTIONS

Development of Surfaces: Development of lateral surfaces of simple and sectioned solids

– Prisms, pyramids cylinders and cones.
Isometric Projections: Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale – Isometric
Views– Conventions –Plane Figures, Simple and Compound Solids.

UNIT-V TRANSFORMATION OF PROJECTIONS & Classes: 15

INTRODUCTION AUTO CAD
Transformation of Projections: Conversion of Isometric Views to Orthographic Views.
Conversion of orthographic views to isometric views – simple objects.
Introduction to Auto CAD: Introduction, Salient features of AutoCAD software, Basic
Commands, construction, editing and dimensioning, two dimensional drawings.
TEXT BOOKS
1 Engineering Drawing - N.D. Bhatt & V.M. Panchal, 50th edition, 2013-Charotar
Publishing House, Gujarat.
2 Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008.
3 K.L.Narayana, P. Kannaiah, “Engineering Drawing”, SciTech Publishers. 2nd Edition,
2013
4 Shah M.B., and Rana B.C., “Engineering Drawing”, Pearson, 2nd Edition, 2009.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics”, New Age International (P)
Limited,2011.
2 K. V. Natarajan, “A text book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi Publishers,
Chennai,2015.
3 Gopalakrishna K.R., “Engineering Drawing” (Vol. I&II combined), Subhas Stores,
Bangalore,2007.
4 Trymbaka Murthy, “Computer Aided Engineering Drawing", I.K. international Publishing
House, 3rd Edition, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
1 http://freevideolectures.com/Course/3420/Engineering-Drawing
2 https://www.slideshare.net/search/slideshow?searchfrom=header&q=engineering+drawing
3 https://www.wiziq.com/tutorials/engineering-drawing
4 http://road.issn.org/issn/2344-4681-journal-of-industrial-design-and-engineering-graphics
E -TEXT BOOKS
1 http://rgpv-ed.blogspot.com/2009/09/development-of-surfaces.html
2 http://www.techdrawingtools.com/12/l1201.htm
MOOCS Course
1 https://nptel.ac.in/course.php
2 https://swayam.gov.in/explorer
31
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
APPLIED PHYSICS LAB

I B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
AP203BS B. Tech
0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To study semiconductor devices.

2. To verify the Biot –Savart law.
3. To experience resonance phenomena.
4. To compare the experimental results with the class room learning.
5. The basic experimental skills which are very essential for an engineering student.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Learn the working principles of PN Junction diode.
2. Examine the electrical and magnetic properties of materials.
3. Determine the characteristics of Opto-Electronic devices.
4. Understand the basic principles of Optical Fibers.
5. Analyze the basic electronic circuits.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Energy gap of P-N junction diode: To determine the energy gap of a semiconductor
diode.
2. Solar Cell: To study the V-I Characteristics of solar cell.
3. Light emitting diode: Plot V-I and P-I characteristics of light emitting diode.
4. Stewart – Gee’s experiment: Determination of magnetic field along axis of the
current carrying coil.
5. Hall Effect: To determine Hall co-efficient of given semiconductor.
6. Photoelectric effect: To determine work function of a given material.
7. LASER: To study the characteristics of LASER sources.
8. Optical Fibre: To determine the Numerical aperture and bending losses of optical fibres.
9. LCR Circuit: To determine the Quality factor of LCR circuit.
10. RC Circuit: To determine the Time constant of RC circuit.

NOTE: Any 8 experiments are to be performed

32
TEXT BOOKS
1. Engineering Physics, B.K. Pandey, S. Chaturvedi –Cengage Learning.
2. Halliday and Resnick, Physics-Wiley.
3. A textbook of Engineering Physics, Dr. M. N. Avadhanulu, Dr. P.G. Kshirsagar-
S.Chand.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Main, I. G., Vibrations and Waves in Physics. 2nd. edition. Cambridge University
Press,1984.
2. Eugene Hecht, “Optics” , 5th Edition,AdelphiUnioversity,2016
WEB REFERENCES
1. Fundamental concepts of semi conductors :https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115102025/
2. Semi conductor Optoelectronics: https://npte l.ac.in/courses/115102103/
E -TEXT BOOKS
1. http://www.lehman.edu/faculty/kabat/F2019-166168.pdf
2. https://www.scribd.com/doc/143091652/ENGINEERING-PHYSICS-LAB-MANUAL
MOOCS COURSE
1. Swayam :https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ph13/preview
2. Alison :https://alison.com/courses?&category=physics

33
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING LAB

I B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
CS207ES B. Tech
0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To learn the fundamentals of computers.
2. To understand the various steps in program development.
3. To learn the syntax and semantics of C programming language.
4. To learn the usage of structured programming approach in solving problems
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able
1. To write algorithms and to draw flowcharts for solving problems.
2. To convert the algorithms/flowcharts to C programs.
3. To code and test a given logic in C programming language.
4. To decompose a problem into functions and to develop modular reusable code.
5. To use arrays, pointers, strings and structures to write C programs.
6. Searching and sorting problems

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Write a simple program that prints the results of all the operators available in C
2. Write a simple program to convert the temperature from Fahrenheit to Celsius
3. Write a program for find the max and min from the three numbers using if else
statement
4. Write a C program to find the roots of a Quadratic equation.
5. Write a C program, which takes two integer operands and one operator from the
user, performs the operation and then prints the result. (Consider the operators +,-,*,
/, % and use Switch Statement)
6. Write a program that finds if a given number is a prime number
7. Write a C program to find the sum of individual digits of a positive integer and test
given number is palindrome.
8. Write a C program to generate the Fibonacci sequence of numbers.
9. Write a C program to generate all the prime numbers between 1 and n, where n is a
value supplied by the user.
10.Write a C program to find the minimum, maximum and average in an array of
integers
11.Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following:1) Addition of Two
Matrices 2) Multiplication of Two Matrices
12.Write a C program to determine if the given string is a palindrome or not (Spelled
same in both directions with or without a meaning like madam, civic, noon, abcba,
etc.)

34
 13. Toinsertasub-string into a given main string from a given position.e.ii.
TodeletenCharacters from a given position in a given string
14. WriteaCprogramthatdisplaysthepositionofacharacterchinthestringSor–
1ifSdoesn‘tcontain ch
15. Write a C program to count the lines, words and characters in a given text.
16. Define a structure student to store the details like Roll Number, Name, and
Marks in three subjects of a student and display the same.
17. Write a C program to perform specified operation on complex numbers.
18. Write a C program to store the information about three students.
19. Write a C Program to illustrate the use of nested structures.
20. Write a C Program to perform arithmetic operations using pointers.
21. Write a C Program to display the array elements in reverse order using pointer.
22. Write a C Program to to find factorial of a number using functions.
23. Write a C Program to find factorial of a number using recursive functions.
24. Write a C Program to implement call by value and call by reference.
25. Write a C Program to copy the data from one file to another
26. Write a C Program to append data to the file
27. Write a C Program to merge the two files
28. Write a C Program to display the file content on reverse order.
29. Write a C Program to count number of vowels, consonants, digits, words in a
given file

TEXT BOOKS

1. TheCProgrammingLanguagebyDennisMRitchie,BrianW.Kernigham,1988,PHI
Publications, 2010, NewDelhi.
2. Computer System & Programming in C by SKumar & SJain,
NanoEdgePublic publications, Meerut.
3. 3 Fundamentals of Computing and C Programming, R. B. Patel, Khanna

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C, Reema Theraja, Oxford

2. Information technology, Dennis P.Curtin,
KimFoley,Kunal Sen,Cathleen Morin, 1998,TMH
3. Theory and problem of programming with C, Byron C Gottfried,TMH.

TEXT BOOKS
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/
2. https://www.w3schools.in/c-tutorial/
3. https://www.cprogramming.com/tutorial/c-tutorial.html
4. www.studytonight.com/c/
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. http:///programming-with-c
2. https://developerinsider.co/best-c-programming-book-for-beginners/

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105085/4
2. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=c%20programming

35
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

I B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
ES204BS B. Tech
3 0 0 - 100 - 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. Analyze the inter relationship between living organism and environment
2. Describe various types of natural resources available on the earth surface
3. Identify the values, threats of biodiversity, endangered and endemic species of India
along with the conservation of biodiversity
4. Explain the causes, effects and control measures of various types of environmental
pollutions
5. Understand the importance of environment by assessing its impact on the human world
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Differentiate between various biotic and abiotic components of ecosystem
2. Describe the various types of natural resources
3. Examine the values, threats of biodiversity, the methods of conservation, endangered and
endemic species of India
4. Illustrate causes, effects, and control measures of various types of environmental pollutions
5. Understand technologies on the basis of ecological principles environmental regulations
which in turn helps in sustainable development
UNIT-I ECOSYSTEMS Classes: 8
Definition, Scope, and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure and function of an
ecosystem, food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy, Biogeochemical
cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification.
UNIT-II NATURAL RESOURCES Classes: 8
Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources.
Water resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams:
benefits and problems.
Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral
resources
Land resources: Forest resources.
Energy resources: growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources, use
of alternate energy source, case studies.

36
UNIT-III BIODIVERSITY AND BIOTIC RESOURCES Classes: 7
Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem diversity. Value of biodiversity;
consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic, optional values and hotspots of
biodiversity. Endangered and endemic species of India, Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss,
poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts; conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ
conservation.
UNIT-IV ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION Classes: 9
Types of pollution, Causes, effects and prevention and control measures of air, water, soil,
noise and thermal pollution. Solid waste and e-waste management.
UNIT-V ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND SUSTAINABLE Classes: 10
DEVELOPEMENT
Concept of sustainable development: Sustainable development goals. Threats to sustainability:
Population explosion- crazy consumerism. Green building concept. Water conservation,
Rainwater harvesting, watershed management. Environmental Policies and Legislations:
Environment Protection Act, Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Forest (conservation)
Act, 1980. Wildlife Protection Act.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission
2. Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.
3. Textbook of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS
Publications
th
4. Dr. P. D Sharma, “Ecology and Environment”, Rastogi Publications, New Delhi, 12
Edition, 2015
REFERENCE BOOKS
th
1. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4 Edition, New age international publishers
2. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL
Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
3. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela. 2008
PHL Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
4. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA edition
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.britannica.com/science/ecosystem
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/#EnvironmentandSustainability
E -TEXT BOOKS
1. P N Palanisamy Environmental Science ISBN:9788131773253, eISBN:97899332509771
Edition: Second edition
2. Environmental Studies. Author, Dr. J. P. Sharma. Publisher, Laxmi Publications, 2009
ISBN, 8131806413, 9788131806418.
MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122103039/38
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105151/12

37
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA &NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS

II B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE301PC B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Objectives of this course are
1. To understand the concepts of network analysis and network theorems
2. To understand Magnetic Circuits, Network Topology
3. To analyze transients in Electrical systems.
4. To analyze three phase circuit
5. To evaluate network parameters
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Apply network theorems for the analysis of electrical circuits.
2. Obtain the transient and steady-state response of electrical circuits.
3. Analyze circuits in the sinusoidal steady-state (single-phase and three-phase).
4. Analyze two port circuit behavior.

UNIT-I NETWORK THEOREMS Classes: 12

Mesh analysis, Super-mesh analysis, Nodal analysis, , Super-node analysis, NETWORK

THEOREMS: Superposition theorem, Thevenin's and Norton's theorems , Maximum power
transfer theorem, Millman's theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Tellegen theorem and
Compensation theorem with DC excitation and with dependent sources..

UNIT-II NETWORK TOPOLOGY AND MAGNETIC CIRCUITS Classes: 12

Network Topology: Graph, Tree, Incidence Matrix, Basic cutset and tie set matrices for
planar networks, Magnetic Circuits, Self and Mutual inductances, dot convention, Coupled
Circuit, Coefficient of coupling, equivalent T for Magnetically coupled circuits, Ideal
transformer.

39
 SOLUTION FOR FIRST AND SECOND ORDER
UNIT-III Classes: 12
NETWORKS

Transient response of R-L, R-C, R-L-C circuits (Series and parallel combinations) for D.C.
excitations and Sinusoidal excitations, Initial conditions, Solution using differential equation
and Laplace transform method. Transfer function representation. Poles and Zeros.
Frequency response (magnitude and phase plots)

UNIT-IV THREE PHASE CIRCUIT Classes: 10

Phase sequence, Star and delta connection, Relation between line and phase voltages and
currents in balanced systems, Analysis of balanced and unbalanced three phase circuits,
Measurement of active and reactive power.

UNIT-V TWO PORT NETWORK AND NETWORK FUNCTIONS Classes: 12

Two Port Networks, terminal pairs, relationship of two port variables, impedance
parameters, admittance parameters, transmission parameters and hybrid parameters,
interconnections of two port networks.

TEXTBOOKS

1. Electrical Circuit Analysis- Dr.P.Santosh Kumar Patra, Dr.N.Ramchandra, Mrs. T. V.

Sai Kalyani, Mr. K. V. Govardhan Rao,1st edition,Sri krishna Techno books,2021.
2. Network Analysis – ME Van Valkenburg, Prentice Hall of India, 3rd Edition, 2000.
3. Network Theory – Sudhakar and Shyam Mohan, McGraw Hill Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Engineering Circuit Analysis – William Hayt and Jack E Kemmerly, MGH, 5th Edition,
1993.
2. A. Chakrabarthy (2010), Electrical Circuits, 5rd edition, DhanpatRai& Sons
Publications, New Delhi.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102042/
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/537/network-analysis-
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/104/108104139/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105065/

E -TEXT BOOKS
1. https://bookboon.com/en/electrical-electronic-engineering-ebooks

MOOCS COURSES

1. https://www.courses.com/electrical-engineering
2. https://www.edx.org/course/circuits-and-electronics-1-basic-circuit-analysis

40
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA &NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THEORY

II B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE302PC B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Objectives of this course are.
1. To introduce the concepts of electric field and magnetic field.
2. Applications of electric and magnetic fields in the development of the theory
for power transmission lines and electrical machines
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand the basic laws of electromagnetism.
2. Obtain the electric and magnetic fields for simple configurations under
static conditions.
3. analyze time varying electric and magnetic fields.
4. Understand Maxwell’s equation in different forms and different media.

UNIT-I ELECTROSTATIC FIELDS Classes: 15

Review of vector calculus- Coulomb’s law, Electric field intensity, Electrical field due to
point charges. Line, Surface and Volume charge distributions. Gauss law and its
applications. Absolute Electric potential, potential difference, Calculation of potential
differences for different configurations. Poisson’s and Laplace’s equation, Solution of
Laplace and Poisson’s equation.

CONDUCTORS, DIPOLE, DIELECTRICS AND

UNIT-II Classes: 12
CAPACITANCE

Electric dipole – Dipole moment – potential and EFI due to an electric dipole. Conductors-
Properties when placed in electric field, Current and current densities, Ohms Law in Point
form-Continuity equation of current-Boundary conditions of conductors and dielectric
materials-Capacitance – Capacitance of parallel plate and spherical and co-axial capacitors
with composite dielectrics – Energy stored and energy density in a static electric field.

41
UNIT-III MAGNETO STATIC FIELDS Classes: 12

Static magnetic fields – Biot-Savart‘s law – Magnetic field intensity (MFI) – MFI due to a
straight current carrying filament – MFI due to circular, square and solenoid current –
Carrying wire – Relation between magnetic flux, magnetic flux density and MFI –
Maxwell‘s second Equation, div B=0.

UNIT-IV FORCE IN MAGNETIC FIELDS Classes: 15

Ampere‘s circuital law and its applications viz. MFI due to an infinite sheet of current and a
long current carrying filament – Point form of Ampere ‘s circuital law – Maxwell ‘s third
equation, Curl H=Jc. Magnetic force - Moving charges in a Magnetic field - Lorentz force
equation – force on a current element in a magnetic field -Force on a straight and a long
current carrying conductor in a magnetic field.

UNIT-V TIME VARYING FIELDS AND MAXWELL’S Classes: 10

EQUATIONS

Faraday’s law for Electromagnetic induction, Displacement current, Point form of

Maxwell’s equation, Integral form of Maxwell’s equations, Motional Electromotive forces.

TEXTBOOKS
1. Dr.P.Santosh Kumar Patra & Mrs. Sangeetha & Ms. Ch. Nirosha &Dr.N. Ramchandra
“Electromagnetic Field Theory”, Sunraise International Publications, 1stEdition,2021.
2. M. N. O. Sadiku, “Elements of Electro magnetics”, Oxford University Publication,
2014.
3. W. Hayt, “Engineering Electromagnetics”, McGraw Hill Education, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. S. Kamakshaiah, Electromagnetics, Right Publishers, 2007.

2. Pramanik, Electromagnetism-Problems with Solution, Prentice Hall India,2012.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/magnetic-forces-and-magnetic-
fields/magnetic-field-current-carrying-wire/v/magnetism-6-magnetic-field-due-to-
current
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106073/

3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pGdr9WLto4A

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. Electromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Lines 1st Edition, Kindle Edition.
MOOCS COURSES

1. https://www.classcentral.com/course/edx-electricity-and-magnetism-magnetic-fields-
and- forces-10280
2. https://www.classcentral.com/course/nptel-electromagnetic-theory-5223

42
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA &NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
ELECTRICAL MACHINES I

II B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE303PC B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To understand the operation of DC generator.
2. To analyze the characteristics of DC generators
3. To understand the working of DC motor
4. To differentiate the speed control methods in dc motors
5. To understand the different testing methods in DC machine
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able
1. To describe the constructional features of DC generator
2. To analyze the characteristics of DC generator
3. To differentiate motor principle from generator
4. To identify the DC motor characteristics
5. To analyze the efficiency of DC machines

UNIT-I D.C. GENERATORS, CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION Classes: 15

Principle, constructional features and operation, armature windings, E.M.F. Equation,

Armature reaction - Cross magnetizing and demagnetizing AT/pole, compensating winding -
commutation, reactance voltage, methods of improving commutation.

UNIT-II TYPES OF D.C. GENERATORS Classes: 13

Methods of Excitation - separately excited and self-excited generators, build-up of E.M.F,

critical field resistance and critical speed, causes for failure of self-excited and remedial
measures. Load Characteristics Of D.C Generators: Shunt, series and compound generators

43
 PARALLEL OPERATION OF D.C GENERATORS AND
UNIT-III Classes: 13
D.C MOTORS

Parallel operation of D.C generators, use of equalizer bar and cross connection of field
windings.
D.C Motors: Principle of operation – Back E.M.F. - Torque equation – characteristics and
application of shunt, series and compound motors – Armature reaction and commutation.

SPEED CONTROL METHODS AND EFFICIENCY

UNIT-IV Classes: 13
CALCULATION OF DC MOTOR

Speed control methods of D.C. Motors, Motor starters (3-point and 4-point starters) Losses
and efficiency of DC Motors – Constant & Variable losses – calculation of efficiency –
condition for maximum efficiency.

UNIT-V TESTING OF DC MACHINES Classes: 13

Methods of testing – direct, indirect, and regenerative testing – Brake test – Swinburne’s
test – Hopkinson’s test – Field’s test - separation of stray losses in a D.C motor test.

TEXTBOOKS

1. Dr.N.Ramchandra, Mr.Ch.Srinivas, Mr. V. Bharath Kumar,“Electrical Machines-I”

Seven Hills International Publications,1st edition,2021.
2. J. Nagrath& D.P. Kothari”, “Electric Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 3rd
edition,
3. “P.S. Bimbra”, “Electrical Machines”, Khanna Publishers, 7th Edition, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. “A. E. Fritzgerald, C. Kingsley and S. Umans”, “Electric Machinary”, McGraw

Hill Companies, 6th edition, 2003.
2. “Abhijith Chakrabarthi&Subitha Debnath”, “Electrical Machines”, McGraw Hill, 2015.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.oreilly.com › library › view › electrical-machines-2nd › 25_ref

2. https://swayam.gov.in › nd1_noc19_ee602.
3. https://www.sanfoundry.com › best-reference-books-advance-electrical-machines

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. Electrical Machines-I By U.A.Bakshi, V.U.Bakshi Technical Publications,

2009 PrintISBN:9783527340224 OnlineISBN:9783527698523 |DOI:10.1002/9783527698523

MOOCS COURSES

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105017/
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ee60/preview

44
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA &NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
ENGINEERING MECHANICS

II B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
ME304ES B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
Objectives of this course are.
1. Explain the resolution of a system of forces, compute their resultant and
solve problems using equations of equilibrium.
2. Perform analysis of bodies lying on rough surfaces.
3. Locate the centroid of a body and compute the area moment of inertia and
mass moment of inertia of standard and composite sections.
4. Explain kinetics and kinematics of particles, projectiles, curvilinear motion,
centroidal motion and plane motion of rigid bodies.
5. Explain the concepts of work-energy method and its applications and concept
of Mechanical vibrations
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Determine resultant of forces acting on a body and analyse equilibrium of a
body subjected to a system of forces.
2. Solve problem of bodies subjected to friction.
3. Find the location of centroid and calculate moment of inertia of a given section.
4. Understand the kinetics and kinematics of a body undergoing rectilinear,
curvilinear, rotatory motion and rigid body motion.
5. Solve problems using work energy equations and solve problems of
Mechanical vibration.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING MECHANICS Classes: 15

Fundamental of Mechanics Basic Concepts Force System and Equilibrium, Definition of

Force, Moment and Couple, Principle of Transmissibility, Varignon’s theorem, Resultant of
force system – Concurrent and non-concurrent coplanar forces, Condition of static
equilibrium for coplanar force system, stability of equilibrium, concept of free body
diagrams, applications in solving the problems on static equilibrium of bodies.

45
UNIT-II TRUSSES AND FRICTION Classes: 15

Plane Trusses Degrees of freedom, Types of supports and reactions, Types of loads,
Analysis of Trusses method of joints, and method of sections Friction Introduction, Static
dry friction, simple contact friction problems, ladders, wedges, screws and belt friction.

AREA MOMENT OF INERTIA , MOMENT OF

UNIT-III Classes: 15
INERTIA OF MASSES

Properties of Surfaces Properties of sections – area, centroids of lines, areas and volumes,
moment of inertia first moment of inertia, second moment of inertia and product moment of
inertia, polar moment of inertia, radius of gyration, mass moment of inertia

UNIT-IV KINEMATICS & KINETICS Classes: 15

Kinematics: Rectilinear motion - Motion of Rigid Body under uniform and variable
accelerations - motion under gravity- curvilinear motion – Projectiles - rotary motion.
Kinetics: Analysis as a Particle and Analysis as a Rigid Body in Translation - D' Alemberts
Principle - Connected bodies- Kinetics of rotating bodies

UNIT-V WORK, POWER, ENERGY & MECHANICAL UNIT-V

VIBRATIONS

Work, Power and Energy: Introduction, work-energy equation - motion of connected bodies
- work done by a spring - general plane motion.
Mechanical Vibrations: Definitions, concepts - simple harmonic motion - free vibrations -
Simple and compound pendulums

TEXT BOOKS

1. Dr. D.V. Sreekanth, Mr.T.Paramesh, Mr.B.Ashok Kumar, “Engineering

Mechanics”,1st edition, Amaravati Publications,2021.
2. Shames and Rao (2006), Engineering Mechanics, Pearson Education
3. Reddy Vijay Kumar K. and J . Suresh Kumar (2010), Singer’s Engineering
Mechanics – Statics & Dynamics
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Timoshenko S.P and Young D.H., “Engineering Mechanics”

McGraw Hill International Edition, 1983.
2. Andrew Pytel, JaanKiusalaas, “Engineering Mechanics”, Cengage Learning, 2014.
3. Beer F.P & Johnston E.R Jr. Vector, “Mechanics for Engineers”, TMH, 2004.
4. Hibbeler R.C & Ashok Gupta, “Engineering Mechanics”, Pearson Education, 2010.

WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.mlipsett.com/blog/

46
2. http://jntuh-elsdm.in/
3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/book/9781857180336
4. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1046/j.0266-4909.2002.00225.x
5. https://www.coursera.org/learn/3d-cad-fundamental

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. https://akuengineers.files.wordpress.com/2016/12/engineering-mechanics-rs-khurmi.pdf
2. http://clkmein.com/q2KmTm

MOOCS COURSES

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103109/2.

47
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA &NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
ANALOG ELECTRONICS

II B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EC305PC B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Objectives of this course are.
1. To introduce components such as diodes, to know the applications of components.
2. To introduce components such as BJTs, to know the applications of components.
3. To introduce components such as FETs, to know the applications of components
4. Understand the functioning of OP-AMP and design OP-AMP basedcircuits.
5. Understand the application of OP-AMP and design OP-AMP based circuits.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand the characteristics of transistors.
2. Design and analyse various rectifier and amplifier circuits.
3. Design sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal oscillators.
4. Understand the functioning of OP-AMP and design OP-AMP based circuits.
5. Understand the application of OP-AMP and design OP-AMP based circuits.

UNIT-I DIODE CIRCUITS Classes: 9

P-N junction diode, I-V characteristics of a diode; review of half-wave and full-wave
rectifiers, Zener diodes, clamping and clipping circuits.

UNIT-II BJT CIRCUITS Classes: 9

Structure and I-V characteristics of a BJT; BJT as a switch. BJT as an amplifier: small-
signal model, biasing circuits, current mirror; common-emitter, common-base and common-
collector amplifiers.

UNIT-III JUNCTION FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (FET) Classes: 9

Junction Field Effect Transistor (FET): Construction,Principle of Operation, Volt-

Ampere Characteristic, MOSFETs – Enhancement and depletion types – I – V
characteristics, common-source, common-gate and common-drain amplifiers.

48
 DIFFERENTIAL, MULTI-STAGE AND
UNIT-IV Classes: 9
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS

Differential amplifier; power amplifier; direct coupled multi-stage amplifier; internal

structure of an operational amplifier, ideal op-amp, non-idealities in an op-amp (Output
offset voltage, input bias current, input offset current, slew rate, gain bandwidth product)

UNIT-V LINEAR AND NONLINEAR APPLICATIONS OF OP- Classes: 9

AMP

Inverting and non-inverting amplifier, instrumentation amplifier, P, PI and PID controllers

and lead/lag compensator using an op-amp, voltage regulator, Analog to Digital Conversion,
Zero Crossing Detector, Square-wave and triangular-wave generators.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Analog Electronics- Dr.S.V.S.Rama Krishnam Raju, Ms.K.Anitha, Ms.P.Pushpa,

Sun Techno Publications,1st edition,2021.
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits- Jacob Millman, McGraw Hill Education
3. Electronic Devices and Circuits theory– Robert L. Boylestead, Louis Nashelsky,
11th Edition, 2009, Pearson.
4. Y. Tsividis and M. Colin, “Operation and Modelling of the MOS Transistor,”
Oxford Univ. Press, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. A. S. Sedra and K. C. Smith, “Microelectronic Circuits”, New York, Oxford

University Press, 1998.
2. J. V. Wait, L. P. Huelsman and G. A. Korn, “Introduction to Operational Amplifier
theory and applications”, McGraw Hill U. S., 1992.
3. J. Millman and A. Grabel, “Microelectronics”, McGraw Hill Education, 1988.
4. P. Horowitz and W. Hill, “The Art of Electronics”, Cambridge University Press,
1989.
5. P.R. Gray, R.G. Meyer and S. Lewis, “Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated
Circuits”, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113/106/113106062/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113/106/113106065/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108122/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117107094/

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS, 2nd Edition Jacob Millmanand

Christos C.
2. ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS, 2nd Edition David A.Bell.

49
MOOCS COURSES

1. https://www.edx.org/course/principle-of-semiconductor-devices-part-ii-field-effect-
transistors-and-mosfets-2
2. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/electronics/4-1-introduction-to-pn-junctions-xr0ZQ
3. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/electronics/2-1-introduction-to-op-amps-and-ideal-
behavior-Q5Di2

50
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA &NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
ELECTRICAL MACHINES I LABORATORY

II B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE306PC B. Tech
0 0 2 1 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To expose the students to the operation of DC Generator
2. To expose the students to the operation of DC Motor.
3. To examine the self-excitation in DC generators.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Start and control the Different DC Machines.
2. Assess the performance of different machines using different testing methods
3. Identify different conditions required to be satisfied for self - excitation of DC
Generators.
4. Separate iron losses of DC machines into different components.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

The following experiments are required to be conducted compulsory experiments:

1. Magnetization characteristics of DC shunt generator.
2. Load characteristics of DC shunt generator.
3. Load Test on DC series generator.
4. Load test on DC compound generator.
5. Field’s test on DC seriesmachine.
6. Speed control of DC shunt motor.
7. Performance characteristics of DC series motor.
8. Predetermination of efficiency of a DC Shunt machine (Swinburne’stest)
In addition to the above eight experiments, at least two of the experiments from the
following list is required to be conducted:
9. Hopkinson’s test on DC shunts machines.
10. Brake test on DC shunt motor. Determination of performance curves.
11. Retardation test on DC shunt motor. Determination of losses at rated speed.
12. Separation of losses in DC shunts motor.

51
TEXTBOOKS

1. J. Nagrath& D.P. Kothari”, “Electric Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 3rd
edition,
2. “P.S. Bimbra”, “Electrical Machines”, Khanna Publishers, 7th Edition, 2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. “A. E. Fritzgerald, C. Kingsley and S. Umans”, “Electric Machinary”, McGraw

Hill Companies, 6th edition, 2003.
2. “Abhijith Chakrabarthi &Subitha Debnath”, “Electrical Machines”, McGraw
Hill, 2015.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.oreilly.com › library › view › electrical-machines-2nd › 25_ref

2. .https://swayam.gov.in › nd1_noc19_ee60
3. https://www.sanfoundry.com › best-reference-books-advance-electrical-machines

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. Electrical Machines-I By U.A.Bakshi, V.U.Bakshi Technical Publications,

2009 PrintISBN:9783527340224 OnlineISBN:9783527698523 |DOI:10.1002/9783527698523

MOOCS COURSES

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105017/
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ee60/preview

52
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA &NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS LABORATORY

II B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE307PC B. Tech
0 0 2 1 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Objectives of this course are.
1. To design electrical systems
2. To analyze a given network by applying various Network Theorems
3. To measure three phase Active and Reactive power.
4. To understand the locus diagrams
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Analyze complex DC and AC linear circuits
2. Apply concepts of electrical circuits across engineering
3. Evaluate response in a given network by using theorems

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
The following experiments are required to be conducted compulsory experiments:
1. Verification of Superposition and Reciprocity Theorems.
2. Verification of Maximum Power Transfer theorem.
3. Locus Diagrams of RL and RC Series Circuits.
4. Series and Parallel Resonance.
5. Time response of first order RC / RL network for periodic non – sinusoidal inputs –
Time constant and Steady state error determination.
6. Two port network parameters – Z – Y parameters, Analytical verification.
7. Two port network parameters – A, B, C, D & Hybrid parameters, Analytical
verification.
8. Separation of Self and Mutual inductance in a Coupled Circuit. Determination of Co-
efficient of Coupling.

In addition to the above eight experiments, at least two of the experiments from the
following list is required to be conducted:

9. Verification of compensation &Millman’s theorems.

10. Harmonic Analysis of non-sinusoidal waveform signals using Harmonic Analyzer and
plotting frequency spectrum.

53
 11. Verification of Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorem using MATLAB simulation.
12. Determination of form factor for non-sinusoidal waveform.
13. Measurement of Active Power for Star and Delta connected balanced loads.
14. Measurement of Reactive Power for Star and Delta connected balanced loads.

TEXTBOOKS

1. Network Analysis – ME Van Valkenburg, Prentice Hall of India, 3rd Edition, 2000.
2. Network Theory – Sudhakar and Shyam Mohan, McGraw Hill Education.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Engineering Circuit Analysis – William Hayt and Jack E Kemmerly,MGH, 5th Edition,
1993.
2. A. Chakrabarthy (2010), Electrical Circuits, 5rd edition, DhanpatRai& Sons
Publications, New Delhi.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102042/
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/537/network-analysis-
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/104/108104139/

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. https://bookboon.com/en/electrical-electronic-engineering-ebooks

MOOCS COURSES

1. https://www.courses.com/electrical-engineering
2. https://www.edx.org/course/circuits-and-electronics-1-basic-circuit-analysis

54
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ANALOG ELECTRONICS LABORATORY

II B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EC308PC B. Tech 0 0 2 1 30 70 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To introduce components such as diodes, BJTs and FETs their switching
characteristics, applications.
 Learn the concepts of high frequency analysis of transistors.
 To give understanding of various types of basic and feedback amplifier circuits such
as small signal, Cascaded, large signal and tuned amplifiers.
 To introduce the basic building blocks of linear integrated circuits.
 To introduce the concepts of waveform generation and introduce some special
function ICs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
1. Know the characteristics, utilization of various components.
2. Understand the biasing techniques
3. Design and analyse various rectifiers, small signal amplifier circuits.
4. Design sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal oscillators.
5. Functioning and thorough understanding of OP-AMP, design OP-AMP based
circuits with linear integrated circuits.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. PN Junction diode characteristics A) Forward bias B) Reverse bias.
2. Full Wave Rectifier with &without filters
3. Common Emitter Amplifier Characteristics
4. Common Base Amplifier Characteristics
5. Common Source amplifier Characteristics
6. Measurement of h-parameters of transistor in CB, CE, CC configurations
7. Half Wave Rectifier with & without filters
8. Two Stage RCC Coupled Amplifier
9. Class B Complementary Symmetry Amplifier
10. Cascade Amplifier
11. Current Shunt Feedback amplifier
12. RC Phase shift Oscillator

55
 13. Hartley and Colpitt’s Oscillators
14. Class A power amplifier
15. Voltage Series Feedback Amplifier

TEXTBOOKS

1. Integrated Electronics, Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, McGraw Hill Education,

2nd edition 2010
2. Op-Amps & Linear ICs – Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, PHI, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Electronic Devices Conventional and current version -Thomas L. Floyd2015,

Pearson.
2. J. Millman and A. Grabel, “Microelectronics”, McGraw Hill Education, 1988.
3. P. Horowitz and W. Hill, “The Art of Electronics”, Cambridge University Press, 1989.
4. P. R. Gray, R. G. Meyer and S. Lewis, “Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated
Circuits”, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/individual_course.php?id=noc19-ee07
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101106/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102095/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102112/

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. https://easyengineering.net/analog-electronics-by-bakshi-and-godse/
2. Electronic circuits: Analysis and Design by Donald Neamen

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-analog-circuits-7957
2. https://www.edx.org/learn/electronics

56
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

GENDER SENSITIZATION

II B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
GS309MC B. Tech
0 0 2 0 100 - 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To develop students’ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in contemporary
India.
2. To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men and women.
3. To introduce students to information about some key biological aspects ofgenders.
4. To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work.
5. To help students reflect critically on gender violence.
6. To expose students to more egalitarian interactions between men and women.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Students will have developed a better understanding of important issues related to
gender in contemporary India.
2. Students will be sensitized to basic dimensions of the biological, sociological,
psychological and legal aspects of gender. This will be achieved through discussion
of materials derived from research, facts, everyday life, literature and film.
3. Students will attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works in our society
and how to counter it.
4. Students will acquire insight into the gendered division of labour and its relation to
politics and economics.
5. Men and women students and professionals will be better equipped to work and live
together as equals.
6. Students will develop a sense of appreciation of women in all walks of life.
7. Through providing accounts of studies and movements as well as the new laws that
provide protection and relief to women, the textbook will empower students to
understand and respond to gender violence.

UNIT-I UNDERSTANDING GENDER Classes: 12

UNDERSTANDING GENDER: Introduction: Definition of Gender-Basic Gender

Concepts and Terminology-Exploring Attitudes towards Gender-Construction of Gender-
Socialization: Making Women, Making Men - Preparing for Womanhood. Growing up

57
Male. First lessons in Caste.

UNIT-II GENDER ROLES AND RELATIONS Classes: 12

GENDER ROLES AND RELATIONS: Two or Many? -Struggles with Discrimination-

Gender Roles and Relations-Types of Gender Roles Gender Roles and Relationships
Matrix-Missing Women-Sex Selection and Its Consequences Declining Sex Ratio.
Demographic Consequences-Gender Spectrum: Beyond the Binary

UNIT-III GENDER AND LABOUR Classes: 12

GENDER AND LABOUR: Division and Valuation of Labour-Housework: The Invisible

Labor- “My Mother doesn’t Work.” “Share the Load.”-Work: Its Politics and Economics -
Fact and Fiction. Unrecognized and Unaccounted work. -Gender Development Issues-
Gender, Governance and Sustainable Development-Gender and Human Rights-Gender and
Mainstreaming

UNIT-IV GENDER - BASED VIOLENCE Classes: 12

Gender - Based Violence: The Concept of Violence- Types of Gender-based Violence-

Gender-based Violence from a Human Rights Perspective-Sexual Harassment: Say No! -
Sexual Harassment, not Eve-teasing- Coping with Everyday Harassment- Further Reading:
“Chupulu”. Domestic Violence: Speaking OutIs Home a Safe Place? -When Women Unite
[Film]. Rebuilding Lives. Thinking about Sexual Violence Blaming the Victim-“I Fought
for my Life.”

UNIT-V GENDER AND CULTURE Classes: 12

GENDER AND CULTURE: Gender and Film-Gender and Electronic Media-Gender and
Advertisement-Gender and Popular Literature- Gender Development Issues-Gender Issues-
Gender Sensitive Language-Gender and Popular Literature - Just Relationships: Being
Together as Equals Mary Kom and Onler. Love and Acid just do not Mix. Love Letters.
Mothers and Fathers. Rosa Parks The Brave Heart.

TEXTBOOKS

1. Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on Gender” written by

A.Suneetha, Uma Bhrugubanda, DuggiralaVasanta, Rama Melkote,
VasudhaNagaraj, AsmaRasheed, GoguShyamala, DeepaSreenivas and Susie Tharu
and published by Telugu Akademi, Hyderabad,Telangana State in the year 2015.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Menon, Nivedita. Seeing like a Feminist. New Delhi: Zubaan-Penguin Books, 2012
2. Abdulali Sohaila. “I Fought For My Life…and Won.”Available online at:
http://www.thealternative.in/lifestyle/i-fought-for-my-lifeand-won-sohaila-abdulal/

WEB REFERENCES

58
 1. Modified on 2015/05/14 10:40 by Sean Zheng — Categorized as: Chapter 2 –
Education.
2. Hedman, Birgitta, Francesca Perucci and PehrSundström (1996). Engendering
Statistic: A Tool for Change. Stockholm: Statistics Sweden.
3. Milek, Anne, Stork Christoph and Alison Gillwald (2011) Engendering
communication: a perspective on ICT access and usage in Africa, Info, vol. 13 No. 3,
pp.125-141. Bingley, United Kingdom: Emerald Group Publishing.
4. Hedman, Birgitta, Francesca Perucci and PehrSundström (1996). Engendering
Statistic: A Tool for Change. Stockholm: Statistics Sweden.

E -TEXT BOOKS
1. Gender Sensitisation Hardcover – 2012 by Dr.TanujaTrivedi (Author).

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://www.mooc-list.com › tags › gender-equality

2. https://www.udemy.com › course › gender-equality-and-sexual-diversity
3. https://www.edx.org › learn › gender-studies

59
1. https://swayam.gov.in/
2. https://swayam.gov.in/NPTEL

62
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

TRANSFORMATIONS, COMPLEX VARIABLES AND NUMERICAL
TECHNIQUES

II B.TECH- II SEMESTER (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
MA401BS B.Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. The Laplace transforms and inverse Laplace transform of a given function using
shifting theorems
2. How to determine the Fourier coefficients for various functions in a given period
3. The nature of theFourierintegral
4. The Evaluation of integrals using Cauchy’sintegralformulaand Cauchy’sresidue
theorem
5. The concept of numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations to the real-world
problems of physics, biology and electrical circuits
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand the concept of Laplace transforms to the real-world problems of electrical
circuits, harmonic oscillators,optical devices, and mechanical systems
2. Estimate the value for the given data using interpolation and Find the numerical
solutions for a given ordinary differential equations
3. Define Differentiation and integration of complex valued functions
4. Analyze thecomplexfunctionwithreference totheir analyticity,integrationusing
Cauchy’sintegral and residue theorems
5. Apply numerical methods to obtain approximate solutions to Taylors, Eulers, Modified
Eulers and Runge-Kutta methods of ordinary differential equations

UNIT-I LAPLACE TRANSFORMS Classes: 12

Laplace Transforms: Laplace Transforms of Standard Functions, Shifting Theorems,
Derivatives and Integrals, Properties (Without Proof),Unit Step Function, Dirac’s Delta
Function, Periodic Function. Inverse Laplace Transforms: Convolution Theorem (Without
Proof).Applications: Solving Ordinary Differential Equations (Initial Value Problems)
Using Laplace Transforms.
UNIT-II COMPLEX VARIABLES (DIFFERENTIATION) Classes: 14

Limit,Continuity and Differentiation of Complex functions, Analyticity,Cauchy-Riemann

equations (withoutproof), finding harmonic conjugate; elementary analytic functions
(exponential,trigonometric, logarithm) and their properties.

61
UNIT-III COMPLEX VARIABLES (INTEGRATION) Classes: 12

Lineintegral, Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy’s Integral formula, Zeros of analytic functions,

Singularities, Taylor’s series, Laurent’s series; Residues, Cauchy Residue theorem.

UNIT-IV NUMERICAL METHODS – I Classes: 12

Solution of polynomial and transcendental equations – Bisection method, Iteration Method,
Newton- Raphson method and Regula-Falsi method.
Finite differences- forward differences- backward differences-central differences-symbolic
relations and separation of symbols; Interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward
difference formulae. Central difference interpolation: Gauss’s forward and backward
formulae; Lagrange’s method of interpolation.
UNIT-V NUMERICAL METHODS–II Classes: 12
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal Rule, Simpson’s 1/3rd Rule and 3/8 Rules.
Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations: Taylor’s Series, Picard’s Method,
Euler and Modified Euler’s Methods; Runge-Kutta Method of fourth order

TEXT BOOKS

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Kreyszig, John Wiley &Sons

2. Higher Engineering Mathematics By Dr.B.S Grewal, Khanna Publishers
3. Churchill R.V., “Complex Variable and its Applications”, McGraw Hill, New York, 9th
edition 2013.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Mathematical Methods by T.K.V.Iyengar, B.Krishna Gandhi & Others, S.Chand

2. Introductory Methods by Numerical Analysis By S.S.Sastry, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.efunda.com/math/laplace_transform/index.cfm
2. https://www.efunda.com/math/fourier_transform/index.cfm
3. https://www.efunda.com/math/complex_numbers/complex.cfm

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. https://www.e-booksdirectory.com/details.php?ebook=10602
2. https://www.e-booksdirectory.com/details.php?ebook=4708

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://swayam.gov.in/
2. https://swayam.gov.in/NPTEL

62
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ELECTRICAL MACHINES II

II B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE401PC B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To understand the construction of transformers
2. To identify the testing methods of transformers
3. To understand the operational features of induction motor
4. To understand characteristics and speed control methods of induction motor
5. To discuss about single phase induction motor, Alternators and synchronous motors

COURSE OUTCOMES
After the completion of this course the student can able to
1. To analyze the operational features of transformer
2. To discuss the testing methods of transformer
3. To demonstrate the operational features of induction motor
4. To analyze the speed control methods of induction motor
5. To describe about single phase induction motors, Alternators and synchronous motors

UNIT-I SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMER Classes: 15

Types - constructional details-minimization of hysteresis and eddy current losses- EMF

equation - operation on no load and on load - phasor diagrams Equivalent circuit - losses
and efficiency – regulation - All day efficiency - effect of variations of frequency & supply
voltage on iron losses.

CALCULATION OF EFFIECEIENCY AND

UNIT-II Classes: 15
REGULATION OF TRANSFORMER

OC and SC tests - Sumpner’s test - predetermination of efficiency and regulation- separation

of losses test-parallel operation with equal and unequal voltage ratios - auto transformers
equivalent circuit - comparison with two winding transformers.
Polyphase transformers – Polyphase connections - Y/Y, Y/∆, ∆Y, ∆/∆ and open∆ .

63
Tap Changing Transformers: Concept of tap changing, on-load and off-load tap changers.

UNIT-III POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS Classes: 13

Constructional details of cage and wound rotor machines, production of a rotating magnetic
field - principle of operation - rotor EMF and rotor frequency - rotor Reactance, rotor current
and Power factor at standstill and during operation. Rotor power input, rotor copper loss and
mechanical power developed and their inter relation-torque equation-deduction from torque equation
-expressions for maximum torque and starting torque - torque slip characteristic
CHARACTERISTICS AND SPEED
UNIT-IV Classes: 15
CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR

Characteristics of Induction Motors: Equivalent circuit - phasor diagram - crawling and

cogging - No-load Test and Blocked rotor test –Predetermination of performance-Methods
of starting and starting current and Torque calculations.
Speed Control Methods: Change of voltage, change of frequency, voltage/frequency,
injection of an EMF into rotor circuit (qualitative treatment only)-induction generator
principle of operation.

UNIT-V SINGLE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR , Classes: 15

ALTERNATORS AND SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR
Single Phase Induction Motors: Double revolving field theory and cross field theory,
Capacitance starting, Shaded pole starting, speed-torque characteristics, Equivalent circuit,
Phasor diagrams, Applications. Alternators: Constructional Features of round rotor and
salient pole machines – Armature windings – Integral slot and fractional slot windings;
Distributed and concentrated windings – distribution, pitch and winding factors – E.M.F
Equation. Voltage Regulation methods : Regulation by synchronous impedance method,
M.M.F. method, Z.P.F. method and A.S.A. methods, experimental determination of Xd and
Xq (Slip test) Phasor diagrams. Synchronous Motor : Theory of operation of synchronous
motor – phasor diagram – Variation of current and power factor with excitation.

TEXTBOOKS

1. J. Nagrath& D.P. Kothari”, “Electric Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 3rd
edition, 2004.
2. “P.S. Bimbra”, “Electrical Machines”, Khanna Publishers, 7th Edition, 2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. “A. E. Fritzgerald, C. Kingsley and S. Umans”, “Electric Machinary”, McGraw

Hill Companies, 6th edition, 2003.
2. “Abhijith Chakrabarthi&Subitha Debnath”, “Electrical Machines”, McGraw
Hill, 2015.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.scribd.com › doc › Electrical-Machines-2-AC-Machines

2. https://www.slideshare.net › karthi1017 › electrical-machines-ii
3. https://www.cet.edu.in › notice files › 226_Electrical_Machine-II

E -TEXT BOOKS
64
 1. Electrical Machines - II. Authors, U.A.Bakshi, M.V. Bakshi. Publisher, Technical
Publications, 2009. ISBN, 8184316070, 9788184316070.
2. Electrical Machines 2 by J b Gupta. ISBN: 9350141604, 9789350141601.

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-electrical-machines-II-12948
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106072/

65
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

POWER ELECTRONICS

II B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE402PC B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To know, identify and define the basic elements of power electronicsdevices
and their characteristics, specifications, operation, and protection.
2. To understand fundamentals, phase-controlled rectifiers (1ph and 3ph) and line
commutated inverters.
3. To have the ability to analyze and design of DC-DC converters(choppers),
AC-AC converters, DC-AC converters and control strategies.
4. To determine whether a converter or waveform can deliver energy tomeet
specified requirements and to analyze harmonic distortion.
5. To discuss the important applications of power devices and provide critical
evaluation, of the most common types of dc-dc, ac-dc and dc-ac converters.

COURSE OBJECTIVES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand the characteristics of various power electronic elements andable
to build simple power electronic circuits.
2. Understand operation and waveforms for phase controlled converters.
3. Understand chopper operation and waveforms.
4. Understand AC voltage controllers and Cycloconverters operationand
waveforms.
5. Apply knowledge of modulation techniques for inverters in real time
projects.

POWER SEMI CONDUCTOR DEVICES AND

UNIT-I Classes: 15
COMMUTATION CIRCUITS

Thyristors - Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR’s) - BJT - Power MOSFET - Power

IGBT and their characteristics and other thyristors - Basic theory of operation of SCR -
Static characteristics– Turn-on and Turn-off methods- Dynamic characteristics of SCR -
Turn on and Turn off times-Salient points.

66
Two transistor analogy of SCR - R, RC, UJT firing circuits - Series and parallel
connections of SCRs - Snubber circuit details – Specifications and Ratings of SCR -
Numerical problems – Line Commutation and Forced Commutation circuits.

SINGLE PHASE HALF WAVE, FULLY

UNIT-II CONTROLLED & THREE PHASE LINE Classes: 15
COMMUTATED CONVERTERS

Phase control technique - Single phase Line commutated converters - Half wave
controlled converters with Resistive, RL load and RLE load - Derivation of average load
voltage and current -Active and Reactive power inputs to the converters without and with
Freewheeling Diode - Numerical problems.
Fully controlled converters, Midpoint and Bridge connections with Resistive, RL loads
and RLE load - Derivation of average load voltage and current – Line commutated
inverters, semi-converters, active and Reactive power inputs to the converters, Effect of
source inductance - Dual Converters -Numerical problems.
Three phase converters - Three pulse and six pulse converters-Midpoint and bridge
connections with R, RL loads-Derivation of average load voltage and current - Semi
Converters, Effect of Source inductance–Numerical Problems.

UNIT-III CHOPPERS Classes: 10

Choppers – Time ratio control and Current limit control strategies – Step down choppers-
Derivation of load voltage and currents with R, RL and RLE loads- Step up Chopper –
load voltage expression.
Morgan’s chopper – Jones chopper (Principle of operation only) - waveforms –– AC
Chopper – Problems.

AC VOLTAGE CONTROLLERS
UNIT-IV Classes: 12
&CYCLOCONVERTERS

AC voltage controllers – Single phase two SCR’s in anti-parallel with R and RL loads ,
modes of operation of Triac – Triac with R and RL loads – Derivation of RMS load
voltage, current and power factor- wave forms , Numerical problems- Single phase and
three phase cycloconverters (principle of operation only).

UNIT-V INVERTERS Classes: 12

Inverters – Single phase inverter – Basic series inverter, parallel inverter-Operation and
Waveforms, Three phase inverters (180,120 degrees conduction modes of operation) -
Voltage control techniques for inverters- Pulse width modulation techniques – Numerical
problems.

TEXT BOOKS

1. M. D. Singh & K. B. Kanchandhani, “Power Electronics”, Tata McGraw – Hill

Publishing Company, 1998.
2. “Dr.P.S.Bimbra”, “Power Electronics”, Khanna Publishers.
3. “V. R. Murthy”, “Power Electronics”, Oxford University Press, 1st Edition 2005.

67
 4. “M. H. Rashid”, Power Electronics : Circuits, Devices and Applications”, Prentice
Hall of India, 2nd edition, 1998

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. “Vedam Subramanyam”, Power Electronics, New Age International (P) Limited,

Publishers, 2nd Edition 2008.
2. Philip T. Krein, “Elements of Power Electronics”, Oxford University Press, 1997.
3. M. S. JamilAsghar, “Power Electronics”, PHI Private Limited, 2004.
4. P. C. Sen, “Power Electronics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing,2001.

WEB REFERENCES
1. “Power Electronics: Converter, Applications and Design” by N Mohan and W P
Robbins.
2. “Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications” by Rashid.
3. https://electricalbaba.com › best-book-power-electronics.
4. https://easyengineering.net › power-electronics-books.
E -TEXT BOOKS
1. Power Electronic Converters: Dynamics and Control in Conventional and
Renewable Energy Applications By Teuvo Suntio, Tuomas Messo, Joonas Puukko
First published:12 October 2017Print ISBN:9783527340224 |Online
ISBN:9783527698523 |DOI:10.1002/9783527698523

2. Digital Power Electronics and Applicationsby Fang Lin Luo Hong

Ye Muhammad Rashid, Hardcover ISBN: 9780120887576,Paperback
ISBN: 9781493300037,eBook ISBN: 9780080459028

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108101126/Fundamentals of Power Electronics

2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108101038/Power Electronics

68
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

II B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE403PC B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To learn basic techniques for the design of digital circuits and fundamental
concepts used in the design of digital systems.
2. To understand common forms of number representation in digital electronic circuits .
3. To implement simple logical operations using combinational logic circuits
4. To design combinational logic circuits, sequential logic circuits.
5. To impart to student the concepts of sequential circuits, enabling them to analyze
sequential systems in terms of state machines by using flip flops.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand working of logic gates.
2. Remember the theorems and postulates of Boolean algebra and also learn how to use
K-Map and Tabular
Method (QM) to minimize digital functions.
3. Design and implementation of Combinational circuits.
4. Design and implementation of Sequential circuits.
5. Be able to understand FSMs to implement the given logical problem.

UNIT-I NUMBER SYSTEMS Classes: 14

Number systems, Complements of Numbers, Codes- Weighted and Non-weighted codes

and its Properties, Parity check code and Hamming code.
Boolean Algebra: Basic Theorems and Properties, Switching Functions- Canonical and
Standard Form, Algebraic Simplification, Digital Logic Gates, EX-OR gates, Universal
Gates, Multilevel NAND/NOR realizations.

UNIT-II MINIMIZATION OF BOOLEAN FUNCTIONS Classes: 12

Karnaugh Map Method –Two variable K-Map,3-variable K-Map,4 variable K-Map, Five
Variable K-Map, Don’t Care Map Entries, Sum of Products, Product of Sums, Tabular
Method.

69
UNIT-III COMBINATIONAL LOGIC CIRCUITS Classes: 14

Half adder, Full Adder, Half Substracter, Full Substracter, Comparators, Multiplexers, De-
multiplexers, Encoders, Priority Encoders, Decoders and Code converters, Hazards and
Hazard Free Relations.

UNIT-IV SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS I Classes: 15

Basic Architectural Distinctions between Combinational and Sequential circuits, SR

Latch, Flip Flops: SR, JK, JK Master Slave, D and T Type Flip Flops, Excitation Table of
all Flip Flops, Timing and Triggering Consideration, Conversion from one type of Flip-
Flop to another.
Registers and Counters: Shift Registers – Left, Right and Bidirectional Shift Registers,
Applications of Shift Registers ,Ring and Twisted Ring Counter, Operation of
Asynchronous and Synchronous Counters, Design of Synchronous Modulo N –Counters

UNIT-V SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS II Classes: 12

Finite State Machines, Serial Binary Adder, Sequence Detector, Finite state machine-
capabilities and limitations, Mealy and Moore models, Completely Specified Sequential
Machines, In Completely Specified Sequential Machines.

TEXTBOOKS

1. Digital Design- Morris Mano, PHI, 4th Edition,2006

2. Introduction to Switching Theory and Logic Design – Fredriac J. Hill, Gerald R.
Peterson, 3rd Ed, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
3. Fundamentals of Logic Design- Charles H. Roth, Cengage Learning, 5th, Edition,
2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Switching and Finite Automata Theory – ZviKohavi&Niraj K. Jha, 3rd Edition,

Cambridge, 2010.
2. Digital Principles, 3/e, Roger L. Tokheim, Schaum’s outline series, 1994.
3. Modern Digital electronics RP Jain 4th Edition, McGraw Hill
4. Switching Theory and Logic Design – A Anand Kumar, PHI, 2013.

WEB REFERENCES

1. http://blog.digitalelectronics.co.in/
2. www.nesoacademy.org/electronics-engineering/digital-electronics/digital
3. https://www.slideshare.net/JournalsPubwwwjourna/international-journal-of-digital-
electronics-vol-2-issue-2
4. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/203/switching-theory-and-logic-design-stld
http://www.infocobuild.com/education/audio-video-
5.
courses/electronics/DigitalCircuitsSystems
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105080/

70
E -TEXT BOOKS

1. https://pages.uoregon.edu/rayfrey/DigitalNotes.pdf
2. https://easyengineering.net/fundamentals-of-digital-circuits-by-anand-kumar/

MOOCS COURSE
https://www.smartzworld.com/notes/digital-logic-design-dld/
1. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/1392-digital-circuits-and-systems
2. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/4410-synthesis-of-digital-systems
3.

71
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

POWER SYSTEMS I

II B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE404PC B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To understand structure of power system.
2. To identify the components of thermal power stations
3. To understand the operations of nuclear power stations
4. To discuss about substations and their types
5. To understand about various power factor improvement methods.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. To identify the components of power system
2. To describe about thermal power stations
3. To demonstrate the components of nuclear power stations
4. To differentiate substations
5. To analyze power tariffs

STRUCTURE OF POWER SYSTEM &

UNIT-I Classes: 12
HYDROELECTRIC POWER STATIONS

Components of an electric power system - Single line diagram of electrical power

system, important terms & factors. Base load and peak load on power station.
Interconnected grid system, different types of energy sources and efficiency.
Hydroelectric Power Stations: Elements of hydroelectric power station-types-concept
of pumped storage plants, storage requirements, mass curve and estimation of power
developed from a given catchment area, heads and efficiencies.

UNIT-II THERMAL POWER STATIONS Classes: 12

Thermal Power Station (TPS)- Brief description of TPS components: Economizers,

Boilers, Super heaters, Turbines, Condensers, Chimney and cooling towers.

UNIT-III NUCLEAR AND GAS POWER STATIONS Classes: 12

Nuclear Power Stations: Nuclear Fission and Chain reaction. Nuclear fuels- Principle of

72
operation of Nuclear reactor. Reactor Components- Radiation hazards: Shielding and
Safety precautions. Types of Nuclear reactors.
Gas Power Stations: Principle of Operation and Components.

UNIT-IV SUBSTATIONS Classes: 12

Classification of substations: Air insulated substations, Indoor & Outdoor substations,

Bus bar arrangements in the Sub-Stations, Gas insulated substations (GIS)- Advantages,
single line diagram of gas insulated substations, Comparison of Air insulated substations
and Gas insulated substations

ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF POWER

UNIT-V GENERATION, POWER FACTOR AND TARIFF Classes: 12
METHODS

Load curve, load duration and integrated load duration curves, demand, diversity,
capacity, utilization and plant use factors. Costs of Generation and their division into
Fixed, Semi-fixed and Running Costs. Characteristics of a Tariff Method. Tariff
Methods: Flat Rate, Block-Rate, two-part, three-part, and power factor tariff methods.
Power Factor Improvement: Causes of low power factor, Methods of Improving power
factor, Phase advancing and generation of reactive KVAR using static Capacitors, Most
economical power factor for constant KW load and constant KVA type loads.

73
TEXT BOOKS

1.M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S.Bhatnagar, A.Chakrabarti (2010), A Textbook on Power

System Engineering, 2ndedition, DhanpatRai& Co. Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
2. C.L.Wadhawa (2010), Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electrical Energy,
3rdedition, New Age International (P) Limited, New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. M.V.Deshpande (2010), Elements of Power Station design, 1stedition, Prentice Hall

India Learning Private Limited, New Delhi.
2. B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma and M.S. Pathania, “Principles of Physical Chemistry”, S.
Nagin Chand & Company Ltd.,46th edition(2013).

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107216/.
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112107216/3%20assignment%20solution.
pdf
3. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/112107216/Assignment-
6%20questions.pdf
E -TEXT BOOKS

1. https://www.electricalengineeringinfo.com/2017/06/principles-power-systems-vk-
mehta-ebook-pdf-download.html
2 A Text Book On Power System Engineering, A. Chakrabarti, Soni Ml, P. V. Gupta,
DhanpatRai Publishing Company (P) Limited, 2008, ISBN 8177000209
3. 9788177000207
https://www.scribd.com/doc/192018739/A-Textbook-of-Power-System-Engineering-
by-R-K-Rajput-Google-Book

MOOCS COURSE

1.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107216/
2.https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/103/112103243/

74
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ELECTRICAL MACHINES II LABORATORY

II B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
EE406PC B. Tech L T P C CIE SEE Total
0 0 2 1 30 70 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To understand the operation of synchronous machines
2. To understand the analysis of power angle curve of a synchronous machine
3. To understand the equivalent circuit of a single phase transformer and single phase
induction motor
4. To understand the circle diagram of an induction motor by conducting a blocked
rotor test.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After the completion of this laboratory course, the student will be able
1. Assess the performance of different machines using different testing methods
2. To convert the Phase from three phase to two phase and vice versa
3. Compensate the changes in terminal voltages of synchronous generator after
estimating the change by different methods
4. Control the active and reactive power flows in synchronous machines
5. Start different machines and control the speed and power factor.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

The following experiments are required to be conducted as compulsory experiments:

1. Sumpner’s test on a pair of single-phase transformers
2. Break test on three-phase Induction Motor.
3. No-load & Blocked rotor tests on three - phase Induction motor
4. Regulation of a three - phase alternator by synchronous impedance
&m.m.f. methods
5. V and Inverted V curves of a three - phase synchronous motor.
6. Equivalent Circuit of a single-phase induction motor
7. Determination of Xd and Xq of a salient pole synchronous machine
8. OC and SC test on single phase transformer

In addition to the above eight experiments, at least two of the following experiments
are required to be conducted from the following list:

1. Parallel operation of Single-phase Transformers

75
 2. Separation of core losses of a single-phase transformer
3. Scott connection of transformers
4. Regulation of three-phase alternator by Z.P.F. and A.S.A methods
5. Efficiency of a three-phase alternator.
6. Heat run test on a bank of 3 Nos. of single-phase Delta connected transformers
7. Measurement of sequence impedance of a three-phase alternator.

TEXT BOOKS

1. J. B. Gupta (2006), Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines, 14th edition, S.

K. Kataria& Sons, New Delhi.
2. P. S .Bimbra (2000), Electrical Machinery, 7th edition, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. I. J. Nagrath, D. P .Kothari (2001), Electric Machines, 3rd edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishers, New Delhi.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.sanfoundry.com › best-reference-books-advance-electrical-ma
2. https://swayam.gov.in › nd1_noc19_ee60

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. Electrical Machines - II. Authors, U.A.Bakshi, M.V.Bakshi. Publisher, Technical

Publications, 2009. ISBN, 8184316070, 9788184316070.
2. Electrical Machines 2 by J b Gupta. ISBN: 9350141604, 9789350141601.

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-electrical-machines-ii-12948
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106072/

76
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA &NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

POWER ELECTRONICS LABORATORY
II B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)
Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
EE408PC B. Tech L T P C CIE SEE Total
0 0 2 1 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To enable the Student to study the gate firing circuits of SCR.
2. To enable the Student to study the module and waveforms of various DC converters
with different loads.
3. To verify the different types of forced commutation circuits by connecting a resistive
load.
4. To enable the Student to study the module and waveforms of various AC converters
with different loads.
5. To simulate and analyze the various converter circuits.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Ability to understand the gate firing circuits of SCR, rectifier operation and
waveforms.
2. Understand chopper operation and waveforms.
3. Understand AC voltage controllers &Cycloconverters operation and waveforms.
4. Understand Series & Parallel inverter operation and waveforms.
5. Ability to simulate and analyze the various converter circuits.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Any eight experiments should be conducted.
1. Gate firing circuits for SCR’s
2. Single Phase AC Voltage Controller with R and RL Loads
3. Single Phase half controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads
4. Single Phase fully controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads
5. Forced Commutation circuits.
6. Single Phase Cycloconverter with R and RL loads
7. Single Phase parallel inverter with R and RL loads
8. Single Phase Series inverter with R and RLloads
9. DC Jones chopper with R and RL Loads
10. MOSFET Based Buck Boost chopper
Any Two experiments should be conducted.
1. Simulation of single-phase full converter using R, RL and RLE loads
2. Simulation of single-phase AC voltage controller using R, RL and RLE loads
3. Simulation of Buck chopper.

77
 4. Simulation of single-phase inverter with PWM Control.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Senior practical physical chemistry, B.D. Khosla, A. Gulati and V. Garg (R. Chand
and Co. Delhi)
2. An introduction to practical; chemistry, K.K. Sharma and D. S. Sharma (Vikas
publishing =,Delhi)
3. Vogel’s textbook of practical organic chemistry, 5thedition
4. Textbook on experiments and calculations in engineering chemistry, S.S. Dhara

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. M. H. Rashid, Simulation of Electric and Electronic circuits using PSPICE – by M/s

PHI Publications.
2. Rashid, Spice for power electronics and electric power, CRC Press
3. Reference guides of related software’s

WEB REFERENCES
1. “Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications” by Rashid.
2. Power Electronics Design Testing and Simulation Laboratory Manual (Pb 2017)
Paperback – 2017By Varmah K R (Author)
E -TEXT BOOKS
1. Simulation of Power Electronic Circuits Paperback – 1 Dec2009
by M. B. Patil (Author)
2. Power Electronics: Converters Applications and Design, Media Enhanced, 3ed
Paperback – 2007
by Mohan, Undeland, Robbins (Author)

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://www.iitk.ac.in/new/power-electronics-laboratory
2. http://www.ee.iitkgp.ac.in/faci_pe.php

78
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LABORATORY

II B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
EE409PC B. Tech L T P C CIE SEE Total
0 0 2 1 30 70 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To learn basic techniques for the design of digital circuits and fundamentalconcepts
used in the design of digital systems.
2. To understand common forms of number representation in digital electronic circuits
and to be able to convert between different representations.
3. To implement simple logical operations using combinational logic circuits
4. To design combinational logic circuits, sequential logic circuits.
5. To impart to student the concepts of sequential circuits, enabling them to analyze
sequential systems in terms of state machines by using flip flops.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand working of logic gates.
2. Design and implementation of Combinational logic circuits.
3. Design and implementation of Sequential logic circuits.
4. Be able to use PLDs to implement the given logical problem.
5. Be able to analyze state machines using sequential elements.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Realization of Boolean Expressions using Gates

2. Design and realization logic gates using universal gates
3. Design an Adder / Substractor
4. Design and realization 2 bit comparator
5. Design and realization a 4 – bit Gray to Binary and Binary to Gray code Converter
6. Design and realization 8x1 using 2x1 Multiplexer
7. Realization of a Full Adder/Substractor using 3X8 Decoder
8. Generation of clock using NAND / NOR gates
9. Verification of Truth Tables of Flip-flops
10. Design a Master-Slave Flip-flop
11. Design and realization of a shift register using flip-flops.

79
 12. Design and realization a counter using flip-flops.
13. State machines

TEXTBOOKS

1. R. P. Jain, "Modern Digital Electronics", McGraw Hill Education, 2009.

2. M. M. Mano, "Digital logic and Computer design", Pearson Education India, 2016.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. A. Kumar, "Fundamentals of Digital Circuits", Prentice Hall India, 2016.

2. Switching Theory and Logic Design – Anand Kumar, 3rd Edition, PHI, 2013.
3.Modern Digital electronics RP Jain 4th Edition, McGraw Hill

WEB REFERENCES
1. http://blog.digitalelectronics.co.in/
2. www.nesoacademy.org/electronics-engineering/digital-electronics/digital
3. https://www.slideshare.net/JournalsPubwwwjourna/international-journal-of-digital-
electronics-vol-2-issue-2
4. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/203/switching-theory-and-logic-design-stld
5. http://www.infocobuild.com/education/audio-video-courses/electronics/DigitalCircuitsSystems
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105080/

E -TEXT BOOKS
1. https://pages.uoregon.edu/rayfrey/DigitalNotes.pdf
2. https://easyengineering.net/fundamentals-of-digital-circuits-by-anand-kumar/
MOOCS COURSE

1. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/1392-digital-circuits-and-systems
2. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/4410-synthesis-of-digital-systems

80
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
ELECTRICAL SOFTWARES

II B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks

B. Tech L T P C CIE SEE Total

EE410VC
3 0 0 0 100 - 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. Describe the structured programming and choosing MATLAB as a mathematically-
oriented programming language
2. Express basic operations, how to use menus, Help System, and different tools in
MATLAB
3. Apply the most common mathematical functions stored in MATLAB to create and
use user defined functions including storing them in a function file and plotting
those using graphing functions: XY plots – subplots
4. To know the basic concepts of a PSPICE A/D analysis and ORCAD Programs.
5. To know the circuit construction and program development in PSPICE.

COURSE UTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Describe the structured programming and choosing MATLAB as a mathematically-
oriented programming language
2. Express basic operations, how to use menus, Help System, and different tools in
MATLAB
3. Apply the most common mathematical functions stored in MATLAB to create and
use user defined functions including storing them in a function file and plotting
those using graphing functions: XY plots – subplots
4. To know the basic concepts of a PSPICE A/D analysis and ORCAD Programs.
5. To know the circuit construction and program development in PSPICE.

UNIT- INTRODUCTION TO MATLAB Classes: 12

Introduction to MATLAB Software, Installation of MATLAB, Use of MATLAB,

MATLAB window, Command window, Workspace, Command history, Setting
directory, Working with the MATLAB user interface, Basic commands, Assigning
variables, Operations with variables
Data files and Data types:, Character and string, Arrays and vectors, Column vectors,

81
Row vectors

UNIT-II BASIC OPERATIONS ON MATLAB Classes: 10

BODMAS Rules, Arithmetic operations, Operators and special characters, Mathematical

and logical operators, Solving arithmetic equations, Creating rows and columns Matrix,
Matrix operations, Finding transpose, determinant and inverse, Solving matrix,
Trigonometric functions, Complex numbers, fractions, Real numbers, Complex numbers.
M files, Working with script tools, Writing Script file, and Executing script files, The
MATLAB Editor, Saving m files.

UNIT-III PLOTS, DESIGN & SIMULINK OF MATLAB Classes: 14

Plots: Plotting vector and matrix data, Plot labelling, curve labelling and editing.
2D Plots: Basic Plotting Functions, Creating a Plot, Plotting Multiple Data Sets in One
Graph, Specifying Line Styles and Colors, Graphing Imaginary and Complex Data,
Figure Windows, Displaying Multiple Plots in One Figure, Controlling the Axes.
3D Plots Creating Mesh and Surface, About Mesh and Surface Visualizing, Subplots.
GUI Design: Introduction Of Graphical User Interface, GUI Function Property, GUI
Component Design, GUI Container.
MATLAB Simulink: Introduction Of Simulink, Simulink Environment & Interface,
Study of Library, Circuit Oriented Design, Equation Oriented Design, Model, Subsystem
Design, Connect Call back to subsystem, Application.

UNIT-IV INTRODUCTION TO PSPICE A/D Classes: 12

PSPICE A/D, Basic analysis, advanced multi run analysis, analysis waveforms with
PSPICE, using PSPICE with ORCAD Programs.

UNIT-V OPERATIONS IN PSPICE Classes: 12

Circuit Creation, Running PSPICE, DC Sweep analysis, Transient analysis, AC Sweep

analysis, Parametric and performance analysis.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Raj Kumar Bansal, Ashok Kumar Goel, Manoj Kumar Sharma, “MATLAB and
its applications in Engineeirng”, Person Educations.
2. Duane Hanselman, Bruce Little field, “Mastering MATLAB”. Person Education
3. “PSPICER , includes PSPICE A/D, Basics”, Cadence publication, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. David Hocuque,, “Introduction to MATLAB for engineering students”, North

Western University.
2. Muhammed H Rasheed, “Introduction to PSPICE using ORCAD for circuits and
electronics”, Eastern Economy Edition.

82
 3. Huei-Huang Lee “ programming and engineering computing with MATLAB-
2018”, SDC Publications

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. Stormy Attaway, “Matlab: A Practical Introduction to Programming and

Problem Solving”, Elsiever Publications.
2. Mathworks “MATLAB programming Fundementals”, Mathworks products.
3. Paul W.Tuinenga“SPICE A guide to circuit simulation & Analysis using
PSPICE”Prentice Hall Publications.

83
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES

II B. TECH (R 20)
Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
*CI309MC/ *CI407MC/
*CI707MC/ B. Tech 3 0 0 0 100 - 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
Objective of the constitution of India is very well written in its preamble and that is to create a state which will be
This Course deals with Fundamentals and Structures of Indian Government; it is specifically designed to give a
complete overview and in-depth knowledge regarding the concerns and challenges faced by the modern
constitutional governments and elaborately discusses the structure, procedures, powers and duties of governmental
institutions. The Course analyses in detail the basic functions of a written constitution. Also, the theories and
concepts relating to constitutionalism, federalism, judicial review, constitutional interpretation, etc. are reviewed.
All the discussions in the Course are updated according to the latest position and the modifications made by
judicial intervention
1. Sovereign -independent to conduct internal as well as external affairs
2. Socialist - preventing concentration of wealth into few hands
3. Secular - respecting all religions equally
4. Democratic- government by the people, of the people, for the people
5. Republic - Head of the state will be elected not hereditary
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. To understand the basic concepts of democracy, republicanism, constitutionalism and to know about the
constitutional theories, virtues and constitutional interpretation
2. To study and analyse the quasi-federal nature of Indian Constitution and the basic function of a written
constitution regarding the allocation of State power, the functions, powers and limits of the organs of state
3. To analyse elaborately regarding the emergency and amendment procedures; the need for granting of special
status or special provisions to some states
4. To know about Panchayats, Municipalities, Scheduled and Tribal areas
5. To utilize Judiciary System of India
UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN CONSTITUTION Classes: 6
Meaning and importance of Constitution, Making of Indian Constitution, Salient features and the Preamble,
Fundamental rights, Fundamental duties, Directive Principles.
UNIT-II THE AMENDMENT OF THE CONSTITUTION Classes: 6

84
Need for Amendment, Types of Amendment, Judicial Review of Constituent Power, Doctrine of Basic Structure,
Major Amendments and their Constitutional Values.

UNIT-III UNION & STATE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATURE Classes:8

Lok Sabha & Rajya Sabha (Composition, Powers & Functions), President & Prime Minister (Powers, Functions,
position), Supreme Court-Composition, Powers & Functions, The President: Powers, Functions and Procedure for
Impeachment, Judicial Review of Presidents Actions, Governor: Powers, Functions, Legislative Power of the
Executive – Ordinance, Parliament and State Legislature, Privileges of Legislature, Council of Ministers - Prime
Minister.
UNIT-IV MAJOR FUNCTIONARIES & EMERGENCY POWERS Classes: 6
Union Public Service Commission, Election Commission, Planning Commission (NITI), Significance of Emergency
Powers, National Emergency – Grounds – Suspension of Fundamental Rights, State Emergency – Grounds – Judicial
Review, Financial Emergency.
UNIT-V INDIAN JUDICIARY Classes: 6
Supreme Court of India – Appointment of Judges – Composition, Jurisdiction: Original, Appellate and Writ
Jurisdiction, Prospective Overruling and Judge - Made Laws in India (Art. 141), Review of Supreme Court Decision,
High Courts – Judges - Constitution, Jurisdiction: Original, Appellate, Writ Jurisdiction and Supervisory Jurisdiction

TEXT BOOKS
1. H.M. Seervai: Constitutional Law of India
2. M.P. Jain: Indian Constitutional Law
3. Mahendra P. Singh: V. N. Shukla’s Constitution of India
4. Granville Austin: The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. A. Sarveswarareddy, K. Sathish, K. Sudha, Constitution of India, M/S Spectrum Publications, First Edition
2021.
2. An Introduction to the Constitution of India by Dr.Durga Das Basu
3. An Introduction to the Constitution of India by M.V.Pylee
4. Indian Constitutional Law by M.P. Jain
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.wdl.org/en/item/2672/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109103135/24

E -TEXT BOOKS
1. https://iasexamportal.com/ebook/the-constitution-of-india
2. https://www.india.gov.in/my-government/documents/e-books

MOOCS COURSE
1. http://nludelhi.ac.in/images/moocs/moocs-courses.pdf
2. https://www.classcentral.com/tag/constitutional-law

85
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in

CONTROL SYSTEMS

III B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE501PC B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To understand the different ways of system representation like transfer function and state
space representation.
2. To understand the system performance in time domain analysis.
3. To study the system performance in frequency domain analysis.
4. To design various controllers to improve system performance.
5. To introduce the concept of state space representation.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. To analyze and solve different transfer function models.
2. To analyze and solve system in time domain analysis.
3. To understand and analyze systems in frequency domain analysis.
4. To study the working principles of controllers.
5. To introduce concept of state space representation.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO CONTROL PROBLEM Classes:10

Industrial Control examples. Mathematical models of physical systems. Control hardware and their
models. Transfer function models of linear time-invariant systems.
Feedback Control: Open-Loop and Closed-loop systems. Benefits of Feedback. Block diagram
algebra.
UNIT-II TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS OF STANDARD TEST Classes:15
SIGNALS
Time response of first and second order systems for standard test inputs. Application of initial and
final value theorem. Design specifications for second order systems based on the time-response.
Concept of Stability. Routh-Hurwitz Criteria. Relative Stability analysis. Root-Locus technique.
Construction of Root-loci.
UNIT-III FREQUENCY-RESPONSE ANALYSIS Classes:15
Relationship between time and frequency response, Design specifications in frequency-domain.
Frequency-domain methods of design, Polar plots, Bode plots. Nyquist stability criterion. Relative
stability using Nyquist criterion – gain and phase margin. Closed-loop frequency response.

UNIT-IV INTRODUCTION TO CONTROLLER DESIGN Classes:15

Stability, steady-state accuracy, transient accuracy, disturbance rejection, insensitivity and
robustness of control systems. Application of Proportional, Integral and Derivative Controllers, Lead
and Lag compensation in designs.

87
 UNIT-V STATE VARIABLE ANALYSIS AND CONCEPTS OF Classes:13
STATE VARIABLES
State space model. Diagonalization of State Matrix. Solution of state equations. Eigen values and
Stability Analysis. Concept of controllability and observability. Pole-placement by state feedback.
Discrete-time systems. Difference Equations. State-space models of linear discrete-time systems.
Stability of linear discrete-time systems.
TEXTBOOKS
1. M. Gopal, “Control Systems: Principles and Design”, McGraw Hill Education, 1997.
2. B. C. Kuo, “Automatic Control System”, Prentice Hall, 1995.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 1991.
2. I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International, 2009.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/control_systems/control_systems_state_space_model.htm
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/control_systems/control_systems_compensators.htm
3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/control_systems/control_systems_nyquist_plots.htm
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/control_systems/control_systems_root_locus.htm
5. https://www.electrical4u.com/transfer-function/

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://easyengineering.net/control-systems-engineering-by-nagrath-nw/
2. https://kupdf.net/download/automatic-control-systems-by-benjamin-c-
kuo_5af5906fe2b6f523475ddf8c_pdf
3. https://civildatas.com/download/control-systems-engineering-by-i-j-nagrath
MOOCS COURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/1
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102146/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/35

88
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
POWER SYSTEMS - II

III B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE502PC B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To analyze the performance of transmission lines.
2. To understand the voltage control and compensation methods.
3. To understand the per unit representation and to examine performance of travelling waves
of power systems.
4. To know the methods of overvoltage protection and Insulation coordination of transmission
lines.
5. To know the symmetrical components and fault calculation analysis.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Analyze transmission line performance.
2. Apply load compensation techniques to control reactive power
3. Understand the application of per unit quantities.
4. Design over voltage protection and insulation coordination
5. Determine the fault currents for symmetrical and unbalanced faults

UNIT-I PERFORMANCE OF LINES Classes:15

Representation of lines, short transmission lines, medium length lines, nominal T and PI-
representations, long transmission lines. The equivalent circuit representation of a long Line, A, B,
C, D constants, Ferranti Effect, Power flow through a transmission line, receiving end power circle
diagram.

UNIT-II VOLTAGE CONTROL & COMPENSATION IN POWER Classes:10

SYSTEMS
Introduction – methods of voltage control, shunt, and series capacitors / Inductors, tap changing
transformers, synchronous phase modifiers.
Introduction - Concepts of Load compensation – Load ability characteristics of overhead lines –
Uncompensated transmission line – Symmetrical line – Radial line with asynchronous load –
Compensation of lines.
UNIT-III PER UNIT REPRESENTATION OF POWER SYSTEMS Classes:15
& TRAVELLING WAVES ON TRANSMISSION LINES
The one-line diagram, impedance and reactance diagrams, per unit quantities, changing the base of
per unit quantities, advantages of per unit system.
Production of travelling waves, open circuited line, short circuited line, line terminated through a
resistance, line connected to a cable, reflection and refraction at T-junction line terminated through a
capacitance, capacitor connection at a T-junction, Attenuation of travelling waves.

89
 UNIT-IV OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION AND INSULATION Classes:12
COORDINATION
Over voltage due to arcing ground and Peterson coil, lightning, horn gaps, surge diverters, rod gaps,
expulsion type lightning arrester, valve type lightning arrester, ground wires, ground rods, counter
poise, surge absorbers, insulation coordination, volt-time curves.
SYMMETRICAL COMPONENTS AND FAULT
UNIT-V Classes:13
CALCULATIONS
Significance of positive, negative and zero sequence components, Average 3-phase power in terms
of symmetrical components, sequence impedances and sequence networks, fault calculations,
sequence network equations, single line to ground fault, line to line fault, double line to ground fault,
three phase fault, faults on power systems, faults with fault impedance, reactors and their location,
short circuit capacity of a bus.
TEXTBOOKS
1. John J. Grainger & W.D. Stevenson: Power System Analysis – Mc Graw Hill International
1994.
2. C.L. Wadhwa: Electrical Power Systems – New Age International Pub. Co. Third Edition,
2001
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Hadi Scadat: Power System Analysis – Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co. 2002
2. W.D. Stevenson: Elements of Power system Analysis – McGraw Hill International Student
Edition.
3. D.P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Modern Power System Analysis - Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub.
Co., New Delhi, Fourth edition, 2011

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. Power System 2 (PS 2) Pdf Notes - Free Download 2020 | SW (smartzworld.com)
3. https://www.sanfoundry.com/1000-power-systems-questions-answers/
4. Power Systems MCQ [Free PDF] - Objective Question Answer for Power Systems Quiz -
Download Now! (testbook.com)

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. Power Systems by Bakshi | PDF (scribd.com)
2. Handbook of Power Systems II | SpringerLink
3. https://easyengineering.net/objective-electrical-technology-by-mehta/
MOOCS COURSE
1. NPTEL:: Electrical Engineering - NOC:Power System Engineering
2. NPTEL:: Electrical Engineering - Power System Analysis
3. Electric Power Systems | Coursera

90
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in

ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION

III B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks

L T P C CIE SEE Total

EE503PC B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To introduce the basic principles of all measuring instruments
2. To deal with the measurement of voltage, current, Power factor, power, energy and magnetic
measurements.
3. To understand the basic concepts of smart and digital metering.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of this course, the student able to
1. Understand different types of measuring instruments, their construction, operation and
characteristics
2. Identify the instruments suitable for typical measurements
3. Apply the knowledge about transducers and instrument transformers to use them effectively.
4. Apply the knowledge of smart and digital metering for industrial applications

UNIT-I Introduction to Measuring Instruments Classes:15

Classification – deflecting, control and damping torques – Ammeters and Voltmeters – PMMC, moving
iron type instruments – expression for the deflecting torque and control torque – Errors and
compensations, extension of range using shunts and series resistance. Electrostatic Voltmeters electrometer
type and attracted disc type – extension of range of E.S. Voltmeters.

UNIT-II Potentiometers & Instrument Transformers Classes:10

Principle and operation of D.C. Crompton’s potentiometer – standardization – Measurement of unknown
resistance, current, voltage. A.C. Potentiometers: polar and coordinate type’s standardization –
applications. CT and PT – Ratio and phase angle errors

UNIT-III Measurement of Power & Energy Classes:15

Single phase dynamometer wattmeter, LPF and UPF, Double element and three element dynamometer
wattmeter, expression for deflecting and control torques – Extension of range of wattmeter using
instrument transformers – Measurement of active and reactive powers in balanced and unbalanced systems.
Single phase induction type energy meter – driving and braking torques – errors and compensations –
testing by phantom loading using R.S.S. meter.
UNIT-IV DC & AC Bridges Classes:15

91
Method of measuring low, medium and high resistance – sensitivity of Wheat-stone’s bridge – Carey
Foster’s bridge, Kelvin’s double bridge for measuring low resistance, measurement of high resistance
– loss of charge method.
Measurement of Inductance- Maxwell bridge, Hay’s bridge, Anderson’s bridge- Owen’s bridge
Measurement of capacitance and loss angle –Desaunty’s Bridge - Wien’s bridge – Schering Bridge

UNIT-V Transducers Classes:15

Definition of transducers, Classification of transducers, Advantages of Electrical transducers,
Characteristics and choice of transducers; Principle operation of LVDT and capacitor transducers;
LVDT Applications, Strain gauge and its principle of operation, gauge factor, Thermistors,
Thermocouples, Piezo electric transducers, photovoltaic, photo conductive cells, and photo diodes.
TEXTBOOKS

1. 1. G. K. Banerjee, “Electrical and Electronic Measurements”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2nd
Edition, 2016
2. 2. S. C. Bhargava, “Electrical Measuring Instruments and Measurements”, BS Publications, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. A. K. Sawhney, “Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instruments”, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
Publications, 2005.
2. R. K. Rajput, “Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instrumentation”, S. Chand and
Company Ltd., 2007.
3. Buckingham and Price, “Electrical Measurements”, Prentice – Hall, 1988.
4. Reissland, M. U, “Electrical Measurements: Fundamentals, Concepts, Applications”, New Age
International (P) Limited Publishers, 1st Edition 2010.
5. E.W. Golding and F. C. Widdis, “Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments”, fifth
Edition, Wheeler Publishing, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. http://www.basicsofelectricalengineering.com/
3. https://www.electricaldeck.com
4. https://circuitglobe.com/

E -TEXTBOOKS

1. https://easyengineering.net/a-course-in-electronic-measurements-and-instrumentation-by-
sawhney/
2. https://easyengineering.net/a-textbook-of-electrical-technology-by-rajput/
MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105153/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM2/noc19-ee44/

92
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

COMMON TO CSE, ECE, EEE, IT, MECH, CSE (AI&ML), AI&ML, AI&DS

III B. TECH (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
BE304MS/ L T P C CIE SEE Total
BE404MS/ B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
BE504MS

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To learn the basic Business types, impact of the Economy on Business.
and firms specifically. To analyze the Business from the Financial Perspective.
2. To Plan production and cost concepts for maximizing profit.
3. To Construct financial statement in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles
4. To Analyze the Financial performance of business through Ratios
5. To Estimate investment proposals through Capital Budgeting Methods
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand Business with the use of economic theories and business structure
2. Learn Production and cost concepts for maximizing profit
3. Construct financial statement in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.
4. Analyze the Financial performance of business through Ratios.
5. Estimate investment proposals through Capital Budgeting Methods

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS Classes: 10

Business: Characteristic features of Business, Features and evaluation of Private Enterprises and
Public Enterprises.
Economics: Significance of Economics, types, Concepts and Importance of National Income,
Inflation, Nature and Scope of Business Economics.
Demand Analysis: Demand Definition, Types of Demand, Demand Function, Law of Demand,
Elasticity of Demand, Types of Elasticity of Demand, Demand Forecasting Methods.
UNIT-II THEORY OF PRODUCTION AND COST ANALYSIS Classes:8
Theory of Production: Factors of Production, Production Function, Production Function with
one variable input, Production function with two variable inputs (ISO Quants and ISO Costs),
Scale of Production with Law of Returns, Cobb-Douglas Production Function.
Cost Analysis: Types of Costs, Short run and Long run Cost Functions, Break Even Analysis.

93
 UNIT-III MARKET STRUCTURES, PRICING Classes: 08
Market Structures, Pricing: Nature of Competition, Features of Perfect competition, Monopoly,
Oligopoly and Monopolistic Competition, Types of Pricing.
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING & FINANCIAL ANALYSIS Classes: 12
UNIT-IV THROUGH RATIOS
Financial Accounting: Accounting concepts and Conventions, Accounting Equation, Double-Entry
system of Accounting, Rules for maintaining Books of Accounts, Journal, Posting to Ledger,
Preparation of Trial Balance, Elements of Financial Statements, Preparation of Final Accounts.
Concept of Ratio Analysis, Liquidity Ratios, Turnover Ratios, Capital Structure Ratios and
Profitability Ratios (simple problems), Cash Flow Statement (simple problems)
and Funds Flow Statement (simple problems)
Classes: 8
UNIT-V CAPITAL BUDGETING
Capital, significance, Types of Capital, Methods and sources of raising finance.
Nature of Capital Budgeting, features of Capital Budgeting proposals, Methods of Capital
Budgeting: Pay Back Period Method (PBP), Accounting Rate of Return (ARR), Net Present Value
Method (NPV) Simple problems.

TEXT BOOKS
1. S K Agarwal, Business Economics, S Chand Publications, 2018
2. Dr. A. R. Aryasri, Business Economics and Financial Analysis, McGraw Hill
Education, First Edition 2020.
3. Charles T Horngren, Gary L. Sundem, John A Elliott, Donna R Philbrick,
Introduction to Financial Accounting, Pearson Education, 11th Edition, 2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. K. Sudha, K. Sathish, A. Sarveswarareddy, Business Economics and Financial
Analysis-M/S Spectrum Publications, First Edition 2021.
2. Paresh Shah, Financial Accounting for Management 2e, Oxford Press, 2015.
3. S. N. Maheshwari, Sunil K Maheshwari, Sharad K Maheshwari, Financial
Accounting, 5e, Vikas Publications, 2013.
4. D. D. Chaturvedi, S. L. Gupta, Business Economics - Theory and Applications,
International Book House Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106050/17
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106050/39
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106050/38
E -TEXT BOOKS
1. https://www.sciencedirect.com/book/9780750644549/business-economics
2. http://www.freebookcentre.net/Business/Economics-Books.html
MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106050/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106050/11

94
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION LABORATORY

III B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE505PC B. Tech
0 0 2 1 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To calibrate LPF Watt Meter, energy meter, P. F Meter using electro dynamo meter type
instrument as the standard instrument
2. To determine unknown inductance, resistance, capacitance by performing experiments on
D.C Bridges & A. C Bridges
3. To determine three phase active & reactive powers using single wattmeter method
practically.
4. To determine the ratio and phase angle errors of current transformer and potential
transformer.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Choose instruments
2. Test any instrument
3. Find the accuracy of any instrument by performing experiment
4. Calibrate PMMC instrument using D.C potentiometer
The following experiments are required to be conducted compulsory experiments:
1. Calibration and Testing of single-phase energy Meter.
2. Calibration of dynamometer power factor meter.
3. Kelvin’s double Bridge – Measurement of resistance – Determination of Tolerance.
4. Dielectric oil testing using H.T. testing Kit.
5. Schering Bridge & Anderson Bridge.
6. Measurement of 3 - Phase reactive power with single-phase wattmeter.
7. Measurement of displacement with the help of LVDT.
8. Calibration LPF wattmeter – by Phantom testing
In addition to the above eight experiments, at least any two of the experiments from the
following list are required to be conducted
1. Crompton D.C. Potentiometer – Calibration of PMMC ammeter and PMMC voltmeter.
2. Measurement of 3-phase power with single watt meter and two CTs.
3. C.T. testing using mutual Inductor – Measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of given
CT by Null method.
4. PT testing by comparison – V. G. as Null detector – Measurement of % ratio error and phase
angle of the given PT
5. Resistance strain gauge – strain measurements and Calibration.
6. Transformer turns ratio measurement using AC bridges.

95
 7. Measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of given CT by comparison.
TEXTBOOKS
1. “G. K. Banerjee”, “Electrical and Electronic Measurements”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2nd
Edition, 2016
2. “S. C. Bhargava”, “Electrical Measuring Instruments and Measurements”, BS Publications,
2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. “A. K. Sawhney”, “Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instruments”, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
Publications, 2005.
2. “R. K. Rajput”, “Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instrumentation”, S. Chand and
Company Ltd., 2007.
3. “Buckingham and Price”, “Electrical Measurements”, Prentice – Hall, 1988.
4. “Reissland, M. U”, “Electrical Measurements: Fundamentals, Concepts, Applications”, New
Age International (P) Limited Publishers, 1st Edition 2010.
5. “E.W. Golding and F. C. Widdis”, “Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments”,
fifth Edition, Wheeler Publishing, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.te.com/usa-en/products/sensors/position-sensors/linear-position-sensors-lvdt-
lvit.html?tab=pgp-story
2. https://circuitglobe.com/schering-bridge.html
3. https://www.electricalengineeringinfo.com/2016/12/different-types-of-dc-potentiometers-
laboratory-type-cromptons-vernier-brooks.html

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://www.academia.edu/8140873/A_K_Sawhney_A_course_in_Electrical_and_Elec
tronic_Measurements_and_Instrumentation
2. https://easyengineering.net/a-textbook-of-electrical-technology-by-rajput/
MOOCS COURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/1
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102146/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/35

96
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
CONTROL SYSTEMS LABORATORY

III B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE506PC B. Tech
0 0 2 1 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES

To learn
1. To understand the different ways of system representations such as Transfer function
representation and state space representations and to assess the system dynamic response
2. To assess the system performance using time domain analysis and methods for improving it
3. To assess the system performance using frequency domain analysis and techniques for
improving the performance
To design various controllers and compensators to improve system performance
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. To improve the system performance by selecting a suitable controller and/or a
compensator for a specific application
2. Apply various time domain and frequency domain techniques to assess the system
performance
3. Apply various control strategies to different applications (example: Power systems,
electrical drives etc)
4. Test system controllability and observability using state space representation and
applications of state space representation to various system.

The following experiments are required to be conducted compulsory experiments:

1. Time response of Second order system
2. Characteristics of Synchros
3. Effect of feedback on DC servo motor
4. Transfer function of DC motor
5. Transfer function of DC generator
6. Temperature controller using PID
7. Characteristics of AC servo motor
8. Effect of P, PD, PI, PID Controller on a second order systems

In addition to the above eight experiments, at least any two of the experiments from the
following list are required to be conducted
1. Programmable logic controller – Study and verification of truth tables of logic gates, simple

97
 Boolean expressions, and application of speed control of motor.
2.Lag and lead compensation – Magnitude and phase plot
3. (a) Simulation of P, PI, PID Controller.
4. (b) Linear system analysis (Time domain analysis, Error analysis) using suitable software
5. Stability analysis (Bode, Root Locus, Nyquist) of Linear Time Invariant system using
suitable
software
6. State space model for classical transfer function using suitable software -Verification.
7. Design of Lead-Lag compensator for the given system and with specification using suitable
Software
TEXTBOOKS
1. M. Gopal, “Control Systems: Principles and Design”, McGraw Hill Education, 1997.
2. B. C. Kuo, “Automatic Control System”, Prentice Hall, 1995.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. K. Ogata, “Moden Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 1991.
2. I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International, 2009
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/control_systems/control_systems_state_space_model.htm
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/control_systems/control_systems_compensators.htm
3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/control_systems/control_systems_nyquist_plots.htm
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/control_systems/control_systems_root_locus.htm
5. https://www.electrical4u.com/transfer-function/
E -TEXTBOOKS
1.https://easyengineering.net/control-systems-engineering-by-nagrath-nw/
2.https://kupdf.net/download/automatic-control-systems-by-benjamin-c-
kuo_5af5906fe2b6f523475ddf8c_pdf
3. https://civildatas.com/download/control-systems-engineering-by-i-j-nagrath
MOOCS COURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/1
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102146/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/35

98
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
POWER SYSTEM SIMULATION LAB

III B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE507PC B. Tech
0 0 2 1 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To perform voltage distributions across insulator strings
2. To understand the high frequency transients to perform parameter estimation and fault
analysis on Transmission lines
3. To calculate Time constant calculations
4. To perform Tariff Estimation
5. To perform resonance circuit simulation
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Perform various transmission line calculations
2. Understand Different circuits time constants
3. Analyze the experimental data and draw the conclusions.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Generation of high frequency transients through RLC circuit
2. Voltage distribution across insulator string
3. Comparison of lumped and distributed transmission lines
4. Calculation of fault currents of transmission line
5. Time constant calculation of RL circuit
6. Time constant calculation of RC circuit
7. Time constant calculation of RLC circuit
8. Simulation of Resonance circuit
9. Calculation of R, L, C, Zs of 3-phase Transmission Line
10. Estimation of TARIFF based on load curve
NOTE: The above experiments shall be conducted using any software tool
TEXTBOOKS
1. http://powerunit-ju.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/Power-System-Analysis-by-Hadi-
Saadat-Electrical-Engineering-libre.pdf
2. https://books.google.co.in/books/about/Power_System_Simulation.html?id=Y2FW94TtaQ8
C&redir_esc=y
3. https://www.elsevier.com/books/simulation-of-power-system-with-
renewables/kunjumuhammed/978-0-12-811187-1

99
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. https://www.mathworks.com/help/matlab/getting-started-with-
matlab.html
2. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/book/10.1002/9781119546924
3. V. D. Toro, – Electrical Engineering Fundamentals Prentice Hall India,1989.

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://eee.srmeaswari.ac.in/power-system-simulation-lab/
2. https://www.eee.upd.edu.ph/research/research-laboratories/power-systems-simulation-laboratory
3. https://www.slideshare.net/gokulvlsi/ee6711-power-system-simulation-lab-manual-66894203

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://ptolemy.berkeley.edu/books/Systems/PtolemyII_DigitalV1_02.pdf
2. http://personal.psu.edu/sab51/vls/vonmeier.pdf

MOOCS COURSE
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/electric-power-systems
2. https://online-learning.tudelft.nl/courses/smart-grids-modeling/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/102/108102080/

100
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

III B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EN506HS B. Tech
0 0 2 1 30 70 100
INTRODUCTION
The introduction of the Advanced Communication Skills Lab is considered essential at 3rd
year level. At this stage, the students need to prepare themselves for their careers which may
require them to listen to, read, speak and write in English both for their professional and
interpersonal communication in the globalized context.
The proposed course should be a laboratory course to enable students to use ‘good’ English
and perform the following:
• Gathering ideas and information to organize ideas relevantly and coherently.
• Engaging in debates.
• Participating in group discussions.
• Facing interviews.
• Writing project/research reports/technical reports.
• Making oral presentations.
• Writing formal letters.
• Transferring information from non-verbal to verbal texts and vice-versa.
• Taking part in social and professional communication.
OBJECTIVES
This Lab focuses on using multi-media instruction for language development to meet the
following targets:
1. To improve the students’ fluency in English, through a well-developed vocabulary
and enable them to listen to English spoken at normal conversational speed by educated
English speakers and respond appropriately in different socio-cultural and professional
contexts.
2. Further, they would be required to communicate their ideas relevantly and coherently
in writing.
3. To prepare all the students for their placements.
SYLLABUS
The following course content to conduct the activities is prescribed for the Advanced English
Communication Skills (AECS) Lab:
1. Activities on Fundamentals of Inter-personal Communication and Building Vocabulary -
Starting a conversation – responding appropriately and relevantly – using the right body language

101
 – Role Play in different situations & Discourse Skills- using visuals - Synonyms and antonyms, word
roots, one-word substitutes, prefixes and suffixes, study of word origin, business vocabulary,
analogy, idioms and phrases, collocations & usage of vocabulary.
2. Activities on Reading Comprehension –General Vs Local comprehension, reading for facts,
guessing meanings from context, scanning, skimming, inferring meaning, critical reading& effective
googling.
3. Activities on Writing Skills – Structure and presentation of different types of writing – letter
writing/Resume writing/ e-correspondence/Technical report writing/ – planning for writing –
improving one’s writing.
4. Activities on Presentation Skills – Oral presentations (individual and group) through JAM
sessions/seminars/PPTs and written presentations through posters/projects/reports/
emails/assignments etc.
5. Activities on Group Discussion and Interview Skills – Dynamics of group discussion,
intervention, summarizing, modulation of voice, body language, relevance, fluency and organization
of ideas and rubrics for evaluation- Concept and process, pre-interview planning, opening
strategies, answering strategies, interview through tele-conference & video-conference and Mock
Interviews.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENT:
The Advanced English Communication Skills (AECS) Laboratory shall have the following
infrastructural facilities to accommodate at least 35 students in the lab:
• Spacious room with appropriate acoustics.
• Round Tables with movable chairs
• Audio-visual aids
• LCD Projector
• Public Address system
• P – IV Processor, Hard Disk – 80 GB, RAM–512 MB Minimum, Speed – 2.8 GHZ
• T. V, a digital stereo & Camcorder
• Headphones of High quality
SUGGESTED SOFTWARE:
The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above should be procured and used.
• Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 7th Edition
• DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill Practice.
• Lingua TOEFL CBT Insider, by Dream tech
• TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN, AARCO & BARRONS, USA, Cracking GRE by CLIFFS)
TEXT BOOKS
1. Effective Technical Communication by M Asharaf Rizvi. McGraw Hill Education (India)
Pvt. Ltd.2nd Edition.
2. Academic Writing: A Handbook for International Students by Stephen Bailey, Routledge, 5th

102
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

COMMON TO CIVIL, CSE, ECE, EEE, IT, MECH, CSE (AI&ML)
III B. TECH (R 20)
Course Code Category Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
*IP510MC/ B. Tech
*IP609MC 3 0 0 0 100 - 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
1. To acquaint the learners with the basic concepts of Intellectual Property Rights.
2. To develop expertise in the learners in IPR related issues and sensitize the learners with the
emerging issues in IPR and the rationale for the protection of IPR.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of the course
1. Gain knowledge on Intellectual Property assets and generate economic wealth.
2. Assist individuals and organizations in capacity building and work as a platform for
development, promotion, protection, compliance, and enforcement of Intellectual Property
& knowledge.
3. Gather knowledge about Intellectual Property Rights which is important for students of
engineering in particular as they are tomorrow’s technocrats and creator of new
technology.
4. Discover how IPR are regarded as a source of national wealth and mark of an economic
leadership in context of global market scenario.
5. Study the national & International IP system.
6. Summarize that it is an incentive for further research work and investment in R & D,
leading to creation of new and better products and generation of economic and social
benefits.
UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO INTELLECTUAL Classes:7
PROPERTY
Introduction, types of intellectual property, international organizations, agencies and treaties,
importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT-II TRADE MARKS Classes:8

Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights, protectable matter, selecting
and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

103
UNIT-III LAW OF COPY RIGHTS Classes:6
Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of reproduction, rights
to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of copy
right, international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and transfer

UNIT-IV TRADE SECRETS Classes:7

Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for misappropriations of trade
secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

NEW DEVELOPMENT OF INTELLECTUAL Classes:6

UNIT-V PROPERTY
New developments in trade mark law; copy right law, patent law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right law,
international patent law and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R Radha Krishnan & S Balasubramanian, “Intellectual Property Rights”, 1st Edition,
Excel Books, 2012.
2. M Ashok Kumar & Mohd Iqbal Ali, “Intellectual Property Rights”, 2nd Edition, Serial
publications, 2011.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. http://libgen.rs/book/index.php?md5=C4A6559ECCAEFC767CE71BD91A1BAD41
2. http://libgen.rs/book/index.php?md5=6463CAD16544B347B19335FB19D6917C

E –TEXTBOOKS:
1. http://libgen.rs/book/index.php?md5=13C4B3A45B1C95B4A388F94729CCCFBC
2. https://maklaw.in/intellectual-property-
rights/?gclid=EAIaIQobChMIsprsv_WI7QIVilVgCh29HwPzEAAYASAAEgK5YvD_B
wE
MOOCS COURSE:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105139/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/106/109106137/

104
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION

III B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE601PC B. Tech
3 1 0 4 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To introduce all kinds of circuit breakers and relays for protection of Generators,
Transformers and feeder bus bars from Over voltages and other hazards.
2. To describe neutral grounding for overall protection.
3. To understand the phenomenon of Over Voltages and its classification.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Compare and contrast electromagnetic, static and microprocessor-based relays
2. Apply technology to protect power system components.
3. Select relay settings of over current and distance relays.
4. Analyze quenching mechanisms used in air, oil and vacuum circuit breakers
PROTECTIVE RELAYS & OPERATING PRINCIPLES Classes:15
UNIT-I
AND RELAY CONSTRUCTION
Introduction, Need for power system protection, effects of faults, evolution of protective relays, zones
of protection, primary and backup protection, essential qualities of protection, classification of
protective relays and schemes, current transformers, potential transformers, basic relay terminology.
Electromagnetic relays, thermal relays, static relays, microprocessor based protective relays.

UNIT-II OVER-CURRENT PROTECTION & DISTANCE Classes:10

PROTECTION
Time-current characteristics, current setting, over current protective schemes, directional relay,
protection of parallel feeders, protection of ring mains, Phase fault and earth fault protection,
Combined earth fault and phase fault protective scheme, Directional earth fault relay.
Impedance relay, reactance relay, MHO relay, input quantities for various types of distance relays,
Effect of arc resistance, Effect of power swings, effect of line length and source impedance on the
performance of distance relays, selection of distance relays, MHO relay with blinders, Reduction of
measuring units, switched distance schemes, auto re-closing.
UNIT-III PILOT RELAYING SCHEMES & AC MACHINES AND Classes:15
BUS ZONE PROTECTION
Wire Pilot protection, Carrier current protection.
Protection of Generators, Protection of transformers, Bus zone protection, frame leakage protection.

105
UNIT-IV STATIC RELAYS & MICROPROCESSOR BASED Classes:15
RELAYS
Amplitude and Phase comparators, Duality between AC and PC, Static amplitude comparator,
integrating and instantaneous comparators, static phase comparators, coincidence type of phase
comparator, static over current relays, static directional relay, static differential relay, static distance
relays, Multi input comparators, concept of Quadrilateral and Elliptical relay characteristics.
Advantages, over current relays, directional relays, distance relays.
UNIT-V CIRCUIT BREAKERS Classes:10
Introduction, arcing in circuit breakers, arc interruption theories, re-striking and recovery voltage,
resistance switching, current chopping, interruption of capacitive current, oil circuit breaker, air blast
circuit breakers, SF6 circuit breaker, operating mechanism, selection of circuit breakers, high voltage
d.c. breakers, ratings of circuit breakers, testing of circuit breakers.
TEXTBOOKS
1. Badriram and D.N. Vishwakarma, Power System Protection and Switchgear, TMH 2001.
2. U.A.Bakshi, M.V.Bakshi: Switchgear and Protection, Technical Publications, 2009.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. C.Russel Mason – “The art and science of protective relaying, Wiley Eastern, 1995
2. L.P.Singh “Protective relaying from Electromechanical to Microprocessors”, New Age
International.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/protection-system-in-power-system/
2. https://www.cet.edu.in/noticefiles/228_POWER_SYSTEM_PROTECTION.pdf
3. https://na.eventscloud.com/file_uploads/aaf42a76a5588f69c7a1348d6f77fe0f_Introduction_to_Syst
em_Protection-_Protection_Basics.pdf
4. https://pcmp.springeropen.com/articles/10.1186/s41601-016-0012-2.

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://books.google.com.bd/books?id=AZLbHTJEDFIC&printsec=copyright#v=onepa
ge&q&f=false
2. https://www.ebooksfree4u.com/2018/10/power-system-by-cl-wadhwa-pdf-
download.html
3. https://www.scribd.com/document/439299065/switchgear-and-protection-by-jb-gupta-pdf
MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/101/108101039/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc20/SEM2/noc20-ee73/
3. https://pe.gatech.edu/courses/power-system-relaying-theory-and-applications

106
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS

III B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE602PC B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To familiarize the architecture of microprocessors and micro controllers
2. To provide the knowledge about interfacing techniques of bus & memory.
3. To understand the concepts of ARM architecture
4. To study the basic concepts of Advanced ARM processors
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understands the internal architecture, organization and assembly language
programming of 8086 processors.
2. Understands the internal architecture, organization and assembly language
programming of 8051/controllers
3. Understands the interfacing techniques to 8086 and 8051 based systems.
4. Understands the internal architecture of ARM processors and basic concepts of
advanced ARM processors

UNIT-I 8080 ARCHITECTURE Classes: 12

8086 Architecture-Functional diagram, Register Organization, Memory Segmentation,
Programming Model, Memory addresses, Physical Memory Organization, Architecture
of 8086, Signal descriptions of 8086, interrupts of 8086.
Instruction Set and Assembly Language Programming of 8086: Instruction formats,
Addressing modes, Instruction Set, Assembler Directives, Macros, and Simple Programs
involving Logical, Branch and Call Instructions, Sorting, String Manipulations.
UNIT-II 8051 MICROCONTROLLER Classes: 12
Introduction to Microcontrollers: Overview of 8051 Microcontroller, Architecture,
I/O Ports, Memory Organization, Addressing Modes and Instruction set of 8051.
8051 Real Time Control: Programming Timer Interrupts, Programming External
Hardware Interrupts, Programming the Serial Communication Interrupts, Programming
8051 Timers and Counters

UNIT-III I/O and MEMORY INTERFACE Classes: 12

107
 I/O And Memory Interface: LCD, Keyboard, External Memory RAM, ROM Interface,
ADC, DAC Interface to 8051.
Serial Communication and Bus Interface: Serial Communication Standards, Serial
Data Transfer Scheme, On board Communication Interfaces-I2C Bus, SPI Bus, UART;
External Communication Interfaces-RS232,USB.
UNIT-IV ARM ARCHITECTURE Classes: 12

ARM Processor fundamentals, ARM Architecture – Register, CPSR, Pipeline, exceptions and
interrupts interrupt vector table, ARM instruction set – Data processing, Branch instructions, load
store instructions, Software interrupt instructions, Program status register instructions, loading
constants, Conditional execution, Introduction to Thumb instructions

UNIT-V ADVANCED ARM PROCESSORS Classes: 12

Introduction to CORTEX Processor and its architecture, OMAP Processor and its
Architecture.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A. K. Ray and K. M.
Bhurchandani, TMH, 2nd Edition 2006.
2. ARM System Developers guide, Andrew N SLOSS, Dominic SYMES, Chris
WRIGHT, Elsevier, 2012

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. The 8051 Microcontroller, Kenneth. J. Ayala, Cengage Learning, 3rd Ed, 2004.
2. Microprocessors and Interfacing, D. V. Hall, TMGH, 2nd Edition 2006.
3. The 8051 Microcontrollers, Architecture and Programming and Applications -K.
Uma Rao, Andhe Pallavi, Pearson, 2009.
4. Digital Signal Processing and Applications with the OMAP- L138 Experimenter,
Donald Reay, WILEY 2012.

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/individual_course.php?id=noc18-ec03
2. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/individual_course.php?id=noc19-ee1
3. http://www.infocobuild.com/education/audio-video-
courses/electronics/MicroprocessorsMicrocontrollers-IIT-Kharagpur/lecture-44.html
4. http://www.infocobuild.com/education/audio-video-
courses/electronics/MicroprocessorsMicrocontrollers-IIT-Kharagpur/lecture-49.html

E -TEXT BOOKS
1. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A. K. Ray and K. M.
Bhurchandani, TMH, 2nd Edition 2006.
2. ARM System Developers guide, Andrew N SLOSS, Dominic SYMES, Chris
WRIGHT, Elsevier, 2012
MOOCS COURSES
108
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ec03
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=liRPtvj7bFU
3. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/introduction-arm-ost
4. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/microprocessors
5. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/microcontroller
6. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3018/microprocessors-and-microcontrollers
7. http://e-box.co.in/micro-processor-and-micro-controller.shtml
8. https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7020281
9. https://ict.iitk.ac.in/product/microprocessors-and-microcontrollers/
10. https://www.classcentral.com/course/nptel-microprocessors-and-microcontrollers-9894

109
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

SIGNALS AND SYSYTEMS

III B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE603PC B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. This gives the basics of Signals and Systems required for all Electronics and
Communication Engineering related courses.
2. To understand the behavior of signal in time and frequency domain
3. To understand the characteristics of LTI systems
4. This gives concepts of Signals and Systems and its analysis using different
transform techniques.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Differentiate various signal functions.
2. Represent any arbitrary signal in time and frequency domain.
3. Understand the characteristics of linear time invariant systems.
4. Relate different transform techniques
5. Perform the Sampling, Reconstruction of signals and Correlation of signals.

UNIT-I SIGNAL ANALYSIS Classes: 12

Analogy between Vectors and Signals, Orthogonal Signal Space, Signal approximation
using Orthogonal functions, Mean Square Error, Closed or complete set of Orthogonal
functions, Orthogonality in Complex functions, Classification of Signals and systems,
Exponential and Sinusoidal signals, Concepts of Impulse function, Unit Step function,
Signum function.

UNIT-II FOURIER SERIES AND FOURIER TRANSFORMS Classes: 12

Fourier series: Representation of Fourier series, Continuous time periodic signals,

Properties of Fourier Series, Dirichlet’s conditions, Trigonometric Fourier Series and
Exponential Fourier Series, Complex Fourier spectrum.
Fourier Transforms: Deriving Fourier Transform from Fourier series, Fourier Transform of
arbitrary signal, Fourier Transform of standard signals, Fourier Transform of Periodic
Signals, Properties of Fourier Transform, Fourier Transforms involving Impulse function
and Signum function, Introduction to Hilbert Transform.

110
 SIGNAL TRANSMISSION THROUGH LINEAR
UNIT-III Classes: 12
SYSTEMS

Linear System, Impulse response, Response of a Linear System, Linear Time

Invariant(LTI) System, Linear Time Variant (LTV) System, Transfer function of a LTI
System, Filter characteristic of Linear System, Distortion less transmission through a
system, Signal bandwidth, System Bandwidth, Ideal LPF, HPF, and BPF characteristics,
Causality and Paley-Wiener criterion for physical realization, Relationship between
Bandwidth and rise time, Convolution and Correlation of Signals, Concept of convolution
in Time domain and Frequency domain, Graphical representation of Convolution.

UNIT-IV LAPLACE TRANSFORMS AND Z-TRANSFORMS Classes: 12

Laplace Transforms: Laplace Transforms (L.T), Inverse Laplace Transform, Concept of

Region of Convergence (ROC) for Laplace Transforms, Properties of L.T, Relation
between L.T and F.T of a signal, Laplace Transform of certain signals using waveform
synthesis.
Z–Transforms: Concept of Z- Transform of a Discrete Sequence, Distinction between
Laplace, Fourier and Z Transforms, Region of Convergence in Z-Transform, Constraints
on ROC for various classes of signals, Inverse Z-transform, Properties of Z-transforms.

UNIT-V SAMPLING THEOREM AND CORRELATION Classes: 12

Sampling theorem: Graphical and analytical proof for Band Limited Signals, Impulse
Sampling, Natural and Flat top Sampling, Reconstruction of signal from its samples,
Effect of under sampling –Aliasing, Introduction to Band Pass Sampling.
Correlation: Cross Correlation and Auto Correlation of Functions, Properties of
Correlation Functions, Energy Density Spectrum, Parsevals Theorem, Power Density
Spectrum, Relation between Autocorrelation Function and Energy/Power Spectral Density
Function, Relation between Convolution and Correlation, Detection of Periodic Signals in
the presence of Noise by Correlation, Extraction of Signal from Noise by Filtering.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Signals, Systems & Communications - B.P. Lathi, 2013, BSP.

2. Signals and Systems - A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and S.H. Nawabi, 2 Ed.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Signals and Systems – Simon Haykin and Van Veen, Wiley 2 Ed.,
2. Signals and Systems – A. Rama Krishna Rao, 2008, TMH
3. Fundamentals of Signals and Systems - Michel J. Robert, 2008, MGH International
Edition
4. Signals, Systems and Transforms - C. L. Philips, J.M.Parr and Eve A.Riskin, 3 Ed.,
2004, PE
5. Signals and Systems – K. Deergha Rao, Birkhauser, 2018.

WEB REFERENCES

111
 1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/individual_course.php?id=noc19-ee07
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106075/8
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105134/13
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117102059/4
E -TEXT BOOKS

1. SIGNALS & SYSTEMS 2nd Edition Paperback – 1 Jul 2017by H Hsu (Author), R
Ranjan (Author)
2. Signals and Systems 2nd edition 2nd Edition (English, Paperback, Alan V.
Oppenheim, Alan S. Willsky, S. Hamid Nawab)

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-2011/
2. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/dsp/5-3-c-the-sampling-theorem-DcFxD

112
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
NBA & NAAC A+
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500100
Accredited www.smec.ac.in

ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSERVATION AND AUDITING

III B.TECH- II SEMESTER(R20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits MaximumMarks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE604PC B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To learn the basics of energy audit and energy conservation schemes.
2. To comprehend the principles of energy management and understand the need of energy efficient
motors and lighting design practices.
3. To learn about power factor improvement techniques and energy instruments.
4. To learn about the economic aspects o\f energy equipment.
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, student will be able to
1. Understand the principle of energy audit and their economic aspects.
2. Recommend energy efficient motors and design good lighting system.
3. Understand advantages to improve the power factor.
4. Evaluate the depreciation of equipment.

UNIT-I BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ENERGY AUDIT Classes:15

Energy audit- definitions, concept , types of audit, energy index, cost index ,pie charts, Sankey
diagrams and load profiles, Energy conservation schemes- Energy audit of industries- energy
saving potential, energy audit of process industry, thermal power station, building energy audit.

UNIT-II ENERGY MANAGEMENT Classes:10

Principles of energy management, organizing energy management program, initiating, planning,

controlling, promoting, monitoring, reporting. Energy manager, qualities and functions, language,
Questionnaire – check list for top management

UNIT-III ENERGY EFFICIENT MOTORS AND LIGHTING Classes:15

Energy efficient motors, factors affecting efficiency, loss distribution, constructional details,
characteristics – variable speed , variable duty cycle systems, RMS - voltage variation-voltage
unbalance over motoring-motor energy audit. lighting system design and practice, lighting control,
lighting energy audit

113
UNIT-IV POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT AND ENERGY Classes:10
INSTRUMENTS
Power factor – methods of improvement, location of capacitors, Power factor with non-linear
loads, effect of harmonics on p.f, p.f motor controllers – Energy Instruments- watt meter, data
loggers, thermocouples, pyrometers, lux meters, tongue testers, application of PLC’s.

UNIT-V ECONOMIC ASPECTS Classes:15

Economics Analysis depreciation Methods, time value of money, rate of return, present worth
method, replacement analysis, Power factor correction, lighting – Applications of life cycle costing
analysis, return on investment..

TEXTBOOKS
1. Energy management by W.R.Murphy & G.Mckay Butter worth, Heinemann publications,
1982.
2. Energy management hand book by W.CTurner, John Wiley and sons, 1982.

REFERENCEBOOKS
1. Energy efficient electric motors by John.C.Andreas, Marcel Dekker Inc Ltd-2nd edition,1995
2. Energy management by Paul o’ Callaghan, Mc-graw Hill Book company-1st edition, 1998
3. Energy management and good lighting practice : fuel efficiency- booklet12-EEO

WEBREFERENCES
1. https://www.azdocuments.in/2021/11/electrical-energy-conservation-and.html
2. https://www.ijeast.com/papers/135-139,Tesma412,IJEAST.pdf resistance/a/ee-voltage-and-
current
3. https://www.bvmengineering.ac.in/syllabi/UG1920/EE/4ee60.pdf

E-TEXTBOOKS

1. https://easyengineering.net/electrical energy conservation and auditing-by-callaghan/

2. https://www.ashirwadpublication.com/book/electrical-engineering/electrical-energy-
conservation-and-auditing
MOOCSCOURSE

1. https://beeindia.gov.in/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109526017/23
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109526019/25

114
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
POWER SYSTEM LAB

III B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE605PC B. Tech
0 0 2 1 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. Perform testing of CT, PT's and Insulator strings
2. To find sequence impedances of 3-Φ synchronous machine and Transformer
3. To perform fault analysis on Transmission line models and Generators.
COURSE OUTCOMES

After completion of this lab, the student will be able to

1. Perform various load flow techniques
2. Understand Different protection methods
3. Analyze the experimental data and draw the conclusions.

The following experiments are required to be conducted as compulsory experiments:

Part - A
1. Characteristics of IDMT Over-Current Relay.
2. Differential protection of 1-Φ transformer.
3. Characteristics of Micro Processor based Over Voltage/Under Voltage relay.
4. A,B,C,D constants of a Long Transmission line
5. Finding the sequence impedances of 3-Φ synchronous machine.
6. Finding the sequence impedances of 3-Φ Transformer.
In addition to the above six experiments, at least any four of the experiments from the
following list are required to be conducted.
Part - B
1. Formation of YBUS.
2. Load Flow Analysis using Gauss Seidal (GS) Method.
3. Load Flow Analysis using Fast Decoupled (FD) Method.
4. Formation of ZBUS.
5. Simulation of Compensated Line

115
TEXTBOOKS

1. C.L. Wadhwa: Electrical Power Systems –Third Edition, New Age International Pub.
Co., 2001.
2. Hadi Sadat: Power System Analysis –Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co. 2002.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. D. P. Kothari: Modern Power System Analysis-Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co. 2003

116
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LAB

III B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE606PC B.Tech
0 0 3 1 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. Introduce ALP concepts and features
2.Write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
3.Differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
4.Interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Implement the basic programming for Arithmetic and Logical operations in 8086
microprocessor and 8051 Microcontroller
2. Identity the assembly level programming in given problem.
3. Identity the assembly level programming in given problem.
4. Understand the techniques UART operation and LCD interfacing to 8051
Microcontroller
CYCLE-1 USING 8086 PROCESSOR KITS AND/OR ASSEMBLER 5 Weeks
Assembly Language Programs to 8086 to Perform
1. Arithmetic, Logical, String Operations on 16 Bit and 32-Bit Data.
2. Bit level Logical Operations, Rotate, Shift, Swap and Branch Operations.

CYCLE-2 USING 8051 MICROCONTROLLER KITS 6 Weeks

Introduction to IDE
1. Assembly Language Programs to Perform Arithmetic (Both Signed and
Unsigned) 16 Bit Data Operations, Logical Operations (Byte and Bit Level
Operations), Rotate, Shift, Swap and Branch Instructions
2. Time delay Generation Using Timers of 8051.
3. Serial Communication from / to 8051 to / from I/O devices.
4. Program Using Interrupts to Generate Square Wave 10 KHZ Frequency on
P2.1 Using Timer 0 8051 in 8 bit Auto reload Mode and Connect a 1 HZ Pulse to
INT1 pin and Display on Port 0. Assume Crystal Frequency as 11.0592 MHZ
CYCLE-3 INTERFACING I/O DEVICES TO 8051 5 Weeks

117
 1. 7 Segment Display to 8051.
2. Matrix Keypad to 8051.
3. Sequence Generator Using Serial Interface in 8051.
4. 8 bit ADC Interface to 8051.
5. Triangular Wave Generator through DAC interfaces to 8051.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A. K. Ray and K. M.
Bhurchandani, TMH, 2nd Edition 2006.
2. ARM System Developers guide, Andrew N SLOSS, Dominic SYMES, Chris
WRIGHT, Elsevier, 2012

118
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LABORATORY

III B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE607PC B.Tech
0 0 2 1 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. This gives the basics of Signals and Systems required for all Electronics and
Communication Engineering related courses.
2. To understand the behavior of signal in time and frequency domain
3. To understand the characteristics of LTI systems
4. This gives concepts of Signals and Systems and its analysis using different transform
techniques.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand Basics of MATLAB syntax, functions and programming and Analyze the
generation Various Signals and Sequences in MATLAB, including the operations on
Signals and Sequences.
2. Analyze the Fourier Transform of a given signal and plotting its magnitude and phase
spectrum and Sampling Theorem.
3. Determine the Convolution and Correlation between Signals and sequences and
Verification of Linearity and Time Invariance Properties of a given
Continuous/Discrete System.
4. Understand the Waveform Synthesis using Laplace Transform and Remember for
Locating the Zeros and Poles and plotting the Pole-Zero maps in S-plane and Z-Plane
for the given transfer function.
5. Verification of Weiner-Khinchine Relations and random processes for stationary in
wide-sense.

119
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Basic Operations on Matrices.
2. Generation of Various Signals and Sequences (Periodic and Aperiodic), such as
Unit Impulse, Unit Step, Square, Saw tooth, Triangular, Sinusoidal, Ramp, Sinc.
3. Operations on Signals and Sequences such as Addition, Multiplication, Scaling,
Shifting, Folding, Computation of Energy and Average Power.
4. Finding the Even and Odd parts of Signal/Sequence and Real and Imaginary parts of
Signal.
5. Convolution for Signals and sequences.
6. Auto Correlation and Cross Correlation for Signals and Sequences.
7. Verification of Linearity and Time Invariance Properties of a given
Continuous/Discrete System.
8. Computation of Unit sample, Unit step and Sinusoidal responses of the given
LTI system and verifying its physical realiazability and stability properties.
9. Gibbs Phenomenon Simulation.
10. Finding the Fourier Transform of a given signal and plotting its magnitude and
phase spectrum.
11. Waveform Synthesis using Laplace Transform.
12. Locating the Zeros and Poles and plotting the Pole-Zero maps in S-plane and Z-
Plane for the given transfer function.
13. Generation of Gaussian noise ( Real and Complex), Computation of its mean,
M.S. Value and its Skew, Kurtosis, and PSD, Probability Distribution Function.
14. Verification of Sampling Theorem.
15. Removal of noise by Autocorrelation / Cross correlation.
16. Extraction of Periodic Signal masked by noise using Correlation.
17. Verification of Weiner-Khinchine Relations.
18. Checking a Random Process for Stationarity in Wide sense.
TEXT BOOKS

1. Signals, Systems & Communications - B.P. Lathi, 2013, BSP.

2. Signals and Systems - A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and S.H. Nawabi, 2 Ed.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Signals and Systems – Simon Haykin and Van Veen, Wiley 2 Ed.,
2. Signals and Systems – A. Rama Krishna Rao, 2008, TMH
3. Fundamentals of Signals and Systems - Michel J. Robert, 2008, MGH International
Edition
4. Signals, Systems and Transforms - C. L. Philips, J.M.Parr and Eve A.Riskin, 3 Ed.,
2004, PE
5. Signals and Systems – K. Deergha Rao, Birkhauser, 2018.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/individual_course.php?id=noc19-ee07
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106075/8
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105134/13
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117102059/4

120
 St. Martin's Engineering College St. Martin's Eng
An Autonomous Institute (UGC Au
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100 Dhulapally, Secu
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited NBA & NAAC
www.smec.ac.in www.sm

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

III B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
ES608BS B. Tech
3 0 0 0 100 - 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. Analyze the inter relationship between living organism and environment
2. Describe various types of natural resources available on the earth surface
3. Identify the values, threats of biodiversity, endangered and endemic species of India
along with the conservation of biodiversity
4. Explain the causes, effects and control measures of various types of environmental
pollutions
5. Understand the importance of environment by assessing its impact on the human world
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Differentiate between various biotic and abiotic components of ecosystem
2. Describe the various types of natural resources
3. Examine the values, threats of biodiversity, the methods of conservation, endangered and
endemic species of India
4. Illustrate causes, effects, and control measures of various types of environmental pollutions
5. Understand technologies on the basis of ecological principles environmental regulations
which in turn helps in sustainable development
UNIT-I ECOSYSTEMS Classes: 8
Definition, Scope, and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure and function of an
ecosystem, food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy, Biogeochemical
cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification.
UNIT-II NATURAL RESOURCES Classes: 8
Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources.
Water resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams:
benefits and problems.
Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral
resources
Land resources: Forest resources.
Energy resources: growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources, use
of alternate energy source, case studies.

121
UNIT-III BIODIVERSITY AND BIOTIC RESOURCES Classes: 7
Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem diversity. Value of biodiversity;
consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic, optional values and hotspots of
biodiversity. Endangered and endemic species of India, Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss,
poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts; conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ
conservation.
UNIT-IV ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION Classes: 9
Types of pollution, Causes, effects and prevention and control measures of air, water, soil,
noise and thermal pollution. Solid waste and e-waste management.
UNIT-V ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND SUSTAINABLE Classes: 10
DEVELOPEMENT
Concept of sustainable development: Sustainable development goals. Threats to sustainability:
Population explosion- crazy consumerism. Green building concept. Water conservation,
Rainwater harvesting, watershed management. Environmental Policies and Legislations:
Environment Protection Act, Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Forest (conservation)
Act, 1980. Wildlife Protection Act.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission
2. Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.
3. Textbook of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS
Publications
4. Dr. P. D Sharma, “Ecology and Environment”, Rastogi Publications, New Delhi, 12
Edition, 2015

REFERENCE BOOKS
th
1. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4 Edition, New age international publishers
2. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL
Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
3. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela. 2008
PHL Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
4. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA edition
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.britannica.com/science/ecosystem
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/#EnvironmentandSustainability
E -TEXT BOOKS
1. P N Palanisamy Environmental Science ISBN:9788131773253, eISBN:97899332509771
Edition: Second edition
2. Environmental Studies. Author, Dr. J. P. Sharma. Publisher, Laxmi Publications, 2009
ISBN, 8131806413, 9788131806418.

122
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS

COMMON TO CSE, EEE, IT
IV B. TECH (R 20)
Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
CS601OE/ B. Tech
FM602MS/ 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
FM702MS

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the Management Concepts, applications of Concepts in Practical aspects
of business and development of Managerial Skills for Engineers.
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students understand the significance of Management in their Profession. The various
Management Functions like Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Leading, Motivation and
Control aspects are learnt in this course. The students can explore the Management
Practices in their domain area.
UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT Classes: 12

Evolution of Management-Taylor Theory, Henry Fayol Theory, Maslow’s theory, Theory X & Y,
Two factors theory, Nature & Scope-Functions of Management- Role of Manager-levels of
Management-Managerial Skills - Challenges-Planning-Planning Process- Types of Plans-MBO
UNIT-II ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE & HRM Classes: 14

Organization Design-Organizational Structure-Departmentation– Delegation-Centralization -

Decentralization-Recentralization-Organizational Culture- Organizational climate- Organizational
change
Human Resource Management-HR Planning - Recruitment & Selection - Training &
Development- Performance appraisal - Job Satisfaction-Stress Management Practices

UNIT-III OPERATION MANAGEMENT Classes: 10

Introduction to Operations Management-Principles and Types of Plant Layout-Methods of

production (Job Batch and Mass production) - Method study and Work Measurement-Quality
Management - TQM-Six sigma - Deming’s Contribution to Quality – Inventory Management –
EOQ - ABC Analysis - JIT System-Business Process Re-engineering (BPR)

UNIT-IV MARKETING MANAGEMENT Classes: 12

124
Introduction to Marketing-Functions of Marketing-Marketing vs. Selling- Marketing Mix -
Marketing Strategies - Product Life Cycle - Market Segmentation -Types of Marketing - Direct
Marketing-Network Marketing - Digital Marketing-Channels of Distribution - Supply Chain
Management (SCM)
UNIT-V PROJECT MANAGEMENT Classes: 12

Introduction to Project Management-steps in Project Management – Project Planning - Project Life

Cycle-Network Analysis-Program Evaluation & Review Technique (PERT)- Critical Path Method
(CPM) - Project Cost Analysis - Project Crashing - Project Information Systems

TEXT BOOKS
1. Dr. A. R. Aryasri, Fundamentals of management, McGraw Hill Education, First Edition
2018.
2. Stephen P. Robbins, Fundamentals of Management, Pearson Education, 9th Edition, 2016.
3. R.K. Singla, Fundamentals of Management & Organisational Behaviour, VK Global
Publications Pvt ltd, 2020.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Kotler Philip and Keller Kevin Lane: Marketing Management, Pearson, 2012.
2. Koontz and Weihrich: Essentials of Management, McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. Thomas N. Duening and John M. Ivancevich Management - Principles and Guidelines,
Biztantra, 2012.
4. Kanishka Bedi, Production and Operations Management, Oxford University Press, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
1. Concepts of management & evolution: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122/108/122108038/
2. Nature and scope of HRM: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122/105/122105020/
3. Operations management: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107238/
E -TEXT BOOKS
1. library genesis:
http://libgen.rs/book/index.php?md5=57DA3CF68A3570281FCD2001B5997585
2. http://www.freebookcentre.net/Business/Management-and-Leadership-Books.html

MOOCS COURSE
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105074/6
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105033/14
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122108038/37

125
 ST. MARTIN'S ENGINEERING COLLEGE
An UGC Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS DESIGN LAB
IV B.TECH – I SEMESTER (R20)
Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE701PC B. Tech
0 0 3 3 30 70 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To enhance practical knowledge related to different subjects .
2. To develop hardware skills such as soldering, winding etc.
3. To develop debugging skills.
4. To increase ability for analysis and testing of circuits.
5. To give an exposure to market survey for available components.
6. To develop an ability for proper documentation of experimentation.
7. To enhance employability of a student.
8. To prepare students for working on different hardware projects.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of course, student will be able to
1. Get practical knowledge related to electrical.
2. Fabricate basic electrical circuit elements/networks.
3. Trouble shoot the electrical circuits.
4. Design filter circuit for application.
5. Get hardware skills such as soldering, winding etc.
6. Get debugging skills.
Experiments:-
Group A :
1. Design and fabrication of reactor/ electromagnet for different inductance values.
2. Design and fabrication of single-phase Induction/three phase motor stator.
3. Start delta starter wiring for automatic and manual operation.
4. Wiring of distribution box with MCB, ELCB, RCCB and MCCB.
5. Wiring of 40 W tube, T-5, LED, Metal Halide lamps and available latest luminaries.
6. Assembly of various types of contactors with wiring.
7. Assembly of DOL and 3-point starter with NVC connections and overload operation.
Group B:
This group consists of electronic circuits which must be assembled and tested on general

126
purpose PCB or bread boards.
1. Design and development of 5 V regulated power supply.
2. Design and development of precision rectifier.
3. Design and development of first order/ second order low pass/high pass filters with an application.
4. Microcontroller Interface circuit for temperature/level/speed/current/voltage measurement.
5. Peak detector using op-amplifiers.
6. Zero crossing detector using op-amplifiers
7. PCB design and layout

127
 St. MARTIN’S ENGINEERING COLLEGE
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad – 500100

LIST OF PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES

Professional Elective - I
Course Code Course Name
EE510PE Power Semiconductor Drives
EE511PE Computer Architecture
EE512PE Electrical Machine Design

Professional Elective – II

Course Code Course Name

EE609PE Optimization Technique
EE610PE Wind and solar energy systems
EE611PE High voltage engineering

Professional Elective – III

Course Code Course Name

EE706PE Power Quality
EE707PE Power system Dynamics
EE708PE Smart Grid Technologies

Professional Elective – IV

Course Code Course Name

EE709PE HVDC
EE710PE Electrical and Hybrid vehicles
EE711PE Digital signal Processing

Professional Elective – V

Course Code Course Name

EE802PE Control System Design
EE803PE Industrial Electrical Systems
EE804PE AI Techniques in Electrical Engineering

Professional Elective – VI

Course Code Course Name

EE805PE Digital Control Systems
EE806PE Advanced Control of Electric Drives
EE807PE Embedded System Design

129
 St. Martin's EngineeringCollege
AnAutonomousInstitute
NBA&NAAC A+Accredited
Dhulapally,Secunderabad-500100
www.smec.ac.in

POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DRIVES

III B.TECH-I SEMESTER(R20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits MaximumMarks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE510PE B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSEOBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To introduce the drive system and operating modes of drive and its characteristics.
2. To understand Speed – Torque characteristics of different motor drives by various power
converter topologies.
3. To appreciate the motoring and braking operations of drive.
4. To differentiate DC and AC drives.
5. To introduce separate control and self control of synchronous motor drive.
COURSEOUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the students able to
1. Identify the drawbacks of speed control of motor by conventional methods.
2. Differentiate Phase controlled and chopper controlled DC drives speed-torque
characteristics merits and demerits.
3. Understand Ac motor drive speed–torque characteristics using different control
strategies its merits and demerits.
4. Describe Slip power recovery schemes.
5. To identify the applications of Control schemes of synchronous motors.
UNIT-I CONTROL OF DC MOTORS Classes:15

Introduction to Thyristor controlled Drives, Single Phase semi and fully controlled converters
connected to d.c separately excited and d.c series motors – continuous current operation – output
voltage and current waveforms – Speed and Torque expressions – Speed – Torque Characteristics-
Problems on Converter fed d.c motors.
Three phase semi and fully controlled converters connected to d.c separately excited and d.c series
motors – output voltage and current waveforms – Speed and Torque expressions – Speed – Torque
characteristics – Problems.
UNIT-II FOUR QUADRANT OPERATION OF DC DRIVES & Classes:15
CONTROL OF DC MOTORS BY CHOPPERS
Introduction to Four quadrant operation – Motoring operations, Electric Braking – Plugging
Dynamic, and Regenerative Braking operations. Four quadrant operation of D.C motors by single
phase and three phase dual converters – Closed loop operation of DC motor (Block Diagram Only)
Control of DC Motors by Choppers: Single quadrant, Two quadrant and four quadrant chopper fed
dc separately excited and series motors – Continuous current operation – Output voltage and
current wave forms – Speed and torque expressions – speed-torque characteristics – Problems on
Chopper fed D.C Motors – Closed Loop operation ( Block Diagram Only)

UNIT-III CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR Classes:15

130
Variable voltage characteristics-Control of Induction Motor by Ac Voltage Controllers –
Waveforms – speed torque characteristics.
Variable frequency characteristics-Variable frequency control of induction motor by Voltage
source and current source inverter and Cyclo converters- PWM control – Comparison of VSI and
CSI operations – Speed torque characteristics – numerical problems on induction motor drives –
Closed loop operation of induction motor drives (Block Diagram Only)

UNIT-IV ROTOR SIDE CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR Classes:08

Static rotor resistance control – Slip power recovery – Static Scherbius drive – Static Kramer Drive
– their performance and speed torque characteristics – advantages, applications, problems.

UNIT-V CONTROL OF SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS Classes:12

Separate control and self-control of synchronous motors – Operation of self-controlled synchronous

motors by VSI, CSI and cyclo converters. Load commutated CSI fed Synchronous Motor –
Operation – Waveforms – speed torque characteristics – Applications – Advantages and Numerical
Problems – Closed Loop control operation of synchronous motor drives (Block Diagram Only)
TEXTBOOKS

1. “G K Dubey”, Fundamentals of Electric Drives, CRC Press, 2002.

2. “Vedam Subramanyam”, Thyristor Control of Electric drives, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications, 1987.

REFERENCEBOOKS

1. “S K Pillai”, A First course on Electrical Drives, New Age International (P) Ltd. 2nd
Edition. 1989.
2. “P. C. Sen”, Thyristor DC Drives, Wiley-Blackwell, 1981
3. “B. K. Bose”, Modern Power Electronics, and AC Drives, Pearson 2015.
4. “R. Krishnan”, Electric motor drives - modeling, Analysis and control, Prentice Hall
PTR, 2001
WEBREFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/advanced-electric-drives.html
3. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-334-power-
electronics-spring-2007/
4. https://www.freevideolectures.com

E-TEXTBOOKS
1. https://www.freeengineeringbooks.com
2. https://www.pdfdrive.com/textbook-of-electrical-technology-ac-and-dc-machines-
d184089760.html

MOOCSCOURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108077/
2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/advanced-electric-drives.html

131
 St. Martin's EngineeringCollege
AnAutonomousInstitute
NBA&NAAC A+Accredited
Dhulapally,Secunderabad-500100
www.smec.ac.in
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

III B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks

L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE511PE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To understand basic components of computers.
2. To understand the architecture of 8086 processor.
3. To understand the instruction sets, instruction formats and various addressing modes of
8086.
4. To understand the representation of data at the machine level and how computations are
performed at machine level.
5. To understand the memory organization and I/O organization.
6. To understand the parallelism both in terms of single and multiple processors.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand the concepts of microprocessors, their principles and practices.
2. Write efficient programs in assembly language of the 8086 family of microprocessors.
3. Organize a modern computer system and be able to relate it to real examples.
4. Develop the programs in assembly language for 80286, 80386 and MIPS processors in real and
protected modes.
5. Implement embedded applications using ATOM processor.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ORGANIZATION Classes: 11

Architecture and function of general computer system, CISC Vs RISC, Data types, Integer
Arithmetic - Multiplication, Division, Fixed and Floating-point representation and arithmetic,
Control unit operation, Hardware implementation of CPU with Micro instruction,
microprogramming, System buses, Multi-bus organization.
UNIT-II MEMORY ORGANIZATION Classes: 11

132
 System memory, Cache memory - types and organization, Virtual memory and its
implementation, Memory management unit, Magnetic Hard disks, Optical Disks.
Input – Output Organization
Accessing I/O devices, Direct Memory Access and DMA controller, Interrupts and Interrupt
Controllers, Arbitration, Multilevel Bus Architecture, Interface circuits - Parallel and serial
port. Features of PCI and PCI Express bus.

UNIT-III 16 AND 32 MICROPROCESSORS Classes: 10

80x86 Architecture, IA – 32 and IA – 64, Programming model, Concurrent operation
of EU and BIU, Real mode addressing, Segmentation, addressing modes of 80x86,
Instruction set of 80x86, I/O addressing in 80x86
UNIT-IV PIPELINING Classes: 11

Introduction to pipelining, Instruction level pipelining (ILP), compiler techniques for

ILP, Data hazards, Dynamic scheduling, Dependability, Branch cost, Branch
Prediction, Influence on instruction set.
UNIT-V DIFFERENT ARCHITECTURES Classes: 11
VLIW Architecture, DSP Architecture, SoC architecture, MIPS Processor and
programming

TEXT BOOKS

1. V. Carl, G. Zvonko and S. G. Zaky, “Computer organization”, McGraw Hill, 1978.

2. B. Brey and C. R. Sarma, “The Intel microprocessors”, Pearson Education, 2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. J. L. Hennessy and D. A. Patterson, “Computer Architecture A Quantitative Approach”,

Morgan Kauffman, 2011.
2. W. Stallings, “Computer organization”, PHI, 1987.
3. P. Barry and P. Crowley, “Modern Embedded Computing”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.
4. N. Mathivanan, “Microprocessors, PC Hardware and Interfacing”, Prentice Hall, 2004.
5. Y. C. Lieu and G. A. Gibson, “Microcomputer Systems: The 8086/8088 Family”,
Prentice Hall India, 1986.
6. J. Uffenbeck, “The 8086/8088 Design, Programming, Interfacing”, Prentice Hall, 1987.
7. B. Govindarajalu, “IBM PC and Clones”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1991.
8. P. Able, “8086 Assembly Language Programming”, Prentice Hall India.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.csie.nuk.edu.tw/~kcf/course/ComputerArchitecture/ComputerArchitecture_
Chapter1_introduction_color.pdf
2. https://www.cse.iitd.ac.in/~srsarangi/archbook/archbook.pdf
3. http://www.svecw.edu.in/Docs%5CITIIBTechIISemLecCOA.pdf
4. https://ict.iitk.ac.in/wp-content/uploads/CS422-Computer-Architecture-patterson-5th-
edition.pdf
5. https://nitsri.ac.in/Department/Electronics%20&%20Communication%20Engineering/Ch
apter1-Introduction.pdf

133
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
ELECTRICAL MACHINE DESIGN
III B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)
Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
EE512PE L T P C CIE SEE Total
B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To know the major considerations in electrical machine design, electrical engineering
materials, space factor, choice of specific electrical and magnetic loadings,
2. To analyze the thermal considerations, heat flow, temperature rise, rating of machines.
3. To understand the design of transformers
4. To study the design of induction motors
5. To know the design of synchronous machines

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand the construction and performance characteristics of electrical machines.
2. Understand the various factors which influence the design: electrical, magnetic and
thermal loading of electrical machines.
3. Understand the principles of electrical machine design and carry out a basic design of an
Ac machine.
4. Use software tools to do design calculations.
UNIT-I INTRODUCTION Classes:10
Major considerations in electrical machine design, electrical engineering materials, space factor,
choice of specific electrical and magnetic loadings, thermal considerations, heat flow, temperature
rise, rating of machines.
UNIT-II TRANSFORMERS Classes:10
Sizing of a transformer, main dimensions, kVA output for single- and three-phase transformers,
window space factor, overall dimensions, operating characteristics, regulation, no load current,
temperature rise in transformers, design of cooling tank, methods for cooling of transformers.
INDUCTION MOTORS
UNIT-III Classes:15
Sizing of an induction motor, main dimensions, length of air gap, rules for selecting rotor slots of
squirrel cage machines, design of rotor bars & slots, design of end rings, design of wound rotor,
magnetic leakage calculations, leakage reactance of poly-phase machines, magnetizing current,
short circuit current, operating characteristics.
UNIT-IV SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES Classes:15
Sizing of a synchronous machine, main dimensions, design of salient pole machines, short circuit
ratio, shape of pole face, armature design, armature parameters, estimation of airgap length, design
of rotor, design of damper winding, determination of full load field mmf, design of field winding,
design of turbo alternators, rotor design.

134
 UNIT-V COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN (CAD) Classes:15
Limitations (assumptions) of traditional designs need for CAD analysis, synthesis and hybrid
methods, design optimization methods, variables, constraints and objective function, problem
formulation. Introduction to FEM based machine design. Introduction to complex structures of
modern machines-PMSMs, BLDCs, SRM and claw-pole machines.
TEXTBOOKS
1. A. K. Sawhney, “A Course in Electrical Machine Design”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 1970.
2. M.G. Say, “Theory & Performance & Design of A.C. Machines” , ELBS London.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. S. K. Sen, “Principles of Electrical Machine Design with computer programmes”, Oxford and
IBH Publishing, 2006.
2. K. L. Narang, “A Text Book of Electrical Engineering Drawings”, SatyaPrakashan, 1969.
3. A. Shanmuga sundaram, G. Gangadharan and R. Palani, “Electrical Machine Design Data Book”,
New Age International, 1979.
4. M. V. Murthy, “Computer Aided Design of Electrical Machines”, B.S. Publications, 2008.
5. Electrical machines and equipment design exercise examples using Ansoft’s Maxwell 2D
machine design package.
WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. https://www.oreilly.com › library › view › electrical-machines-2nd › 25_ref
3. https://swayam.gov.in › nd1_noc19_ee602.https://circuitglobe.com/
4. https://www.sanfoundry.com › best-reference-books-advance-electrical-machines
5. https://www.scribd.com › doc › Electrical-Machines-2-AC-Machines
6. https://www.slideshare.net › karthi1017 › electrical-machines-II
7. https://www.cet.edu.in › notice files › 226_Electrical_Machine-II
E -TEXTBOOKS
1. Electrical Machines-I By U.A.Bakshi, V.U.Bakshi Technical Publications,
2009 PrintISBN:9783527340224 OnlineISBN:9783527698523 |DOI:10.1002/9783527698523
https://easyengineering.net/objective-electrical-technology-by-mehta/
2 . Electrical Machines - II. Authors, U.A.Bakshi, M.V. Bakshi. Publisher, Technical
Publications, 2009. ISBN, 8184316070, 9788184316070.
3. Electrical Machines 2 by J b Gupta. ISBN: 9350141604, 9789350141601.
MOOCS COURSE

1. 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105017/
2. 2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_ee60/preview
3. 1. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-electrical-machines-II-12948
4. 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106072/

135
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

III B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE609PE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To provide introduction to some of the fundamental concepts, theories, and
algorithms for pattern recognition and machine learning
2. To introduce the fundamental concepts of Pattern Representation, Nearest
Neighbor Based Classifier, Bayes Classify.
3. Classify machines by their power to recognize languages.
4. Classifier, Hidden Markov Models, Decision Trees, Support Vector Machines,
Clustering machines to solve problems in computing.
5. To understand the differences between an application of hand-written digit
recognition
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Able to understand the concept of abstract machines and their pattern
recognition algorithms
2. Able to employ finite state machines for modeling and solving computing
problems and machine learning techniques in classification
3. Able to design pattern recognition problems.
4. Able to distinguish between clustering and decision problems.
5. Able to gain proficiency with mathematical tools and formal methods.

UNIT-I OPTIMIZATION PROBLEM Classes: 11

Statement of an Optimization problem – design vector – design constraints – constraint surface
– objective function – objective function surfaces – classification of Optimization problems.
Classical Optimization Techniques: Single variable Optimization – multi variable Optimization
without constraints – necessary and sufficient conditions for minimum/maximum –
multivariable Optimization with equality constraints. Solution by method of Lagrange
multipliers – Multivariable Optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn – Tucker
conditions.

136
UNIT-II LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Classes: 11
Linear Programming: Standard form of a linear programming problem – geometry of
linear programming problems – definitions and theorems – solution of a system of linear
simultaneous equations – pivotal reduction of a general system of equations – motivation
to the simplex method – simplex algorithm.

Transportation Problem: Finding initial basic feasible solution by north – west corner
rule, least cost method and Vogel’s approximation method – testing for optimality of
balanced transportation problems.

UNIT-III UNCONSTRAINED NON-LINEAR PROGRAMMING Classes: 10

Unconstrained Non-linear Programming: One dimensional minimization methods,
Classification, Fibonacci method and Quadratic interpolation method Unconstrained
Optimization Techniques: Uni-variant method, Powell’s method and steepest descent
method.
UNIT-IV CONSTRAINED NON-LINEAR PROGRAMMING Classes: 11

Constrained Non-linear Programming: Characteristics of a constrained problem -

classification - Basic approach of Penalty Function method - Basic approach of Penalty
Function method - Basic approaches of Interior and Exterior penalty function methods -
Introduction to convex programming problem
UNIT-V DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING Classes: 11
Dynamic Programming: Dynamic programming multistage decision processes – types –
concept of sub optimization and the principle of optimality – computational procedure
in dynamic programming – examples illustrating the calculus method of solution -
examples illustrating the tabular method of solution

TEXT BOOKS

1. Singiresu S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice by John Wiley and
Sons, 4th edition, 2009.
2. H. S. Kasene & K. D. Kumar, Introductory Operations Research, Springer (India), Pvt. Ltd.,
2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. George Bernard Dantzig, Mukund Narain Thapa, “Linear programming”, Springer

series in operations research 3rd edition, 2003.
2. H. A. Taha, “Operations Research: An Introduction”, 8th Edition, Pearson/Prentice
Hall, 2007.
3. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design – Algorithms and Examples”,
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.

137
WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.slideshare.net/biniyapatel/optimization-techniques-37632457
2. https://www.shsu.edu/~eco_dgf/web_chapter_a.pdf
3. https://www.britannica.com/science/optimization
4. https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/bv_cvxbook.pdf

E -TEXT BOOKS

1. https://www.elsevier.com/books/optimization-techniques/leitmann/978-0-12-
442950-5
2. https://www.routledge.com/An-Introduction-to-Optimization-Techniques/Sharma-
Jain-Kumar/p/book/9780367493240
3. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/book/10.1002/9781119490616
4. https://www.igi-global.com/book/optimization-techniques-problem-solving-
uncertainty/186873

MOOCS COURSES
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/sloan-school-of-management/15-093j-optimization-methods-
fall-2009/
2. https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/optimization-methods-business-analytics-mitx-15-
053x/
3. https://www.my-mooc.com/en/mooc/optimization/
4. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=optimization

138
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
NBA & NAAC A+
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500100
Accredited www.smec.ac.in

WIND AND SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS

III B.TECH- II SEMESTER(R20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE610PE B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSEOBJECTIVES
1. To study the physics of wind power and energy
2. To understand the principle of operation of wind generators
3. To know the solar power resources
4. To analyze the solar photo-voltaic cells
5. To discuss the solar thermal power generation
6. To identify the network integration issues.
COURSEOUTCOMES
At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to
1. Understand the energy scenario and the consequent growths of the power generate
renewable energy sources.
2. Understand the basic physics of wind and solar power generation.
3. Understand the power electronic interfaces for wind and solar generation.
4. Understand the issues related to the grid-integration of solar and wind energy systems.

UNIT-I PHYSICS OF WIND POWER Classes:10

History of wind power, Indian and Global statistics, Wind physics, Betz limit ratio, stall and pitch
control, Wind speed statistics-probability distributions, and Wind power-cumulative distribution
functions.

UNIT-II WIND GENERATOR TOPOLOGIES Classes:15

Review of modern wind turbine technologies, Fixed and Variable speed wind turbine, Induction
Generators, Doubly-Fed Induction Generators and their characteristics, Permanent Magnet
Synchronous Generators, Power electronics converters. Generator configurations, Converter
Control.
UNIT-III THE SOLAR RESOURCE AND SOLAR Classes:15
PHOTOVOLTAIC
The Solar Resource
Introduction, solar radiation spectra, solar geometry, Earth Sun angles, observer Sun angles, solar
day length, Estimation of solar energy availability.

139
Solar Photovoltaic
Technologies-Amorphous, mono-crystalline, polycrystalline; V-I characteristics of a PV cell, PV
module, array, Power Electronic Converters for Solar Systems, Maximum Power point Tracking
(MPPT) algorithms. Converter Control.
UNIT-IV NETWORK INTEGRATION ISSUES Classes:15
Overview of grid code technical requirements. Fault ride-through for wind farms - real and
reactive power regulation, voltage and frequency operating limits, solar PV and wind farm
behavior during grid disturbances. Power quality issues. Power system interconnection
experiences in the world. Hybrid and isolated operations of solar PV and wind systems.
UNIT-V Solar Thermal Power Generation Classes:10

Technologies, Parabolic trough, central receivers, parabolic dish, Fresnel, solar pond, elementary
analysis.

TEXTBOOKS

1. T. Ackermann, “Wind Power in Power Systems”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2005.
2. G. M. Masters, “Renewable and Efficient Electric Power Systems”, John Wiley and Sons,
2004.

REFERENCEBOOKS

1. S. P. Sukhatme, “Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage”, McGraw

Hill, 1984.
2. H. Siegfried and R. Waddington, “Grid integration of wind energy conversion systems”
John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2006.
3. G. N. Tiwari and M. K. Ghosal, “Renewable Energy Applications”, Narosa Publications,
2004.
4. J. A. Duffie and W. A. Beckman, “Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes”, John Wiley
& Sons, 1991.
WEBREFERENCES
1. https://www.energy.gov/energysaver/hybrid-wind-and-solar-electric-systems
2. https://energsustainsoc.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s13705-020-0240-1
3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S1364032115016068
E-TEXTBOOKS

1. https://easyengineering.net/ Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage -by S. P.

Sukhatme
2. https://easyengineering.net/objective- Renewable Energy Applications - G. N. Tiwari
MOOCSCOURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105058/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103/103/103103206/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108078/

140
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institution
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING

III B.TECH- II SEMESTER(R20)

CourseCode Programme Hours/Week Credits MaximumMarks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE611PE B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To deal with the detailed analysis of Breakdown occurring in gaseous, liquids and solid
dielectrics
2. To inform about generation and measurement of High voltage and current
3. To introduce High voltage testing methods.
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the student will demonstrate
1. Understand the basic physics related to various breakdown processes in solid, liquid and
gaseous insulating materials.
2. Knowledge of generation and measurement of D. C., A.C., & Impulse voltages.
3. Knowledge of tests on H. V. equipment and on insulating materials, as per the standards.
4. Knowledge of how over-voltages arise in a power system, and protection against these
over voltages.

UNIT-I BREAKDOWN IN GASES, LIQUIDS AND SOLID Classes:15

INSULATING MATERIAL
Breakdown in Gases
Ionization processes and de-ionization processes, Types of Discharge, Gases as insulating
materials, Breakdown in Uniform gap, non-uniform gaps, Townsend’s theory, Streamer
mechanism, Corona discharge.
Breakdown in Liquid and Solid Insulating Materials
Breakdown in pure and commercial liquids, Solid dielectrics and composite dielectrics, intrinsic
breakdown, electromechanical breakdown and thermal breakdown, Partial discharge, applications
of insulating materials.
UNIT-II GENERATION OF HIGH VOLTAGES Classes:10

Generation of high voltages, generation of high D. C. and A.C. voltages, generation of impulse
voltages, generation of impulse currents, tripping and control of impulse generators.

141
UNIT-III MEASUREMENTS OF HIGH VOLTAGES AND Classes:15
CURRENTS
Peak voltage, impulse voltage and high direct current measurement method, cathode ray
oscillographs for impulse voltage and current measurement, measurement of dielectric constant and
loss factor, partial discharge measurements.

UNIT-IV LIGHTNING AND SWITCHING OVER-VOLTAGES Classes:15

Charge formation in clouds, Stepped leader, Dart leader, Lightning Surges. Switching over
voltages, Protection against over-voltages, Surge diverters, Surge modifiers.

UNIT-V HIGH VOLTAGE TESTING OF ELECTRICAL Classes:10

APPARATUS AND HIGH VOLTAGE
LABORATORIES
Various standards for HV Testing of electrical apparatus, IS, IEC standards, Testing of insulators
and bushings, testing of isolators and circuit breakers, testing of cables, power transformers and
some high voltage equipment, High voltage laboratory layout, indoor and outdoor laboratories,
testing facility requirements, safety precautions in H. V. Labs.
TEXTBOOKS

1. M. S. Naidu and V. Kamaraju, “High Voltage Engineering”, McGraw Hill

Education, 2013.
2. C. L. Wadhwa, “High Voltage Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, 2007.

REFERENCEBOOKS

1. D. V. Razevig (Translated by Dr. M. P. Chourasia), “High Voltage Engineering

Fundamentals”, Khanna Publishers, 1993.
2. E. Kuffel, W. S. Zaengl and J. Kuffel, “High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals”, Newnes
Publication, 2000.
3. R. Arora and W. Mosch “High Voltage and Electrical Insulation Engineering”, John Wiley
& Sons, 2011.
4. Various IS standards for HV Laboratory Techniques and Testing.
WEBREFERENCES
1. https://www.mv.helsinki.fi/home/tpaulin/Text/hveng.pdf
2. http://www.basicsofelectricalengineering.com/
3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/book/9780750636346/high-voltage-engineering-fundamentals

E-TEXTBOOKS

1. https://easyengineering.net/ High Voltage Engineering -by-wadhwa/

2. https://easyengineering.net/ High Voltage Engineering -by- M. S. Naidu and V. Kamaraju /

MOOCSCOURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/19278076/1
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109564146/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/104/108104048/

142
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
POWER QUALITY

IV B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE706PE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. Definition of power quality and different terms of power quality.
2. Study of voltage power quality issue – short and long interruption.
3. Detail study of characterization of voltage sag magnitude and three phase unbalanced
voltage sag.
4. Know the behaviour of power electronics loads; induction motors, synchronous motor etc
by the power quality issues.
5. Overview of mitigation of power quality issues by the VSI converters.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Know the severity of power quality problems in distribution system
2. Understand the concept of voltage sag transformation from up-stream (higher voltages) to
down-stream (lower voltage)
3. Concept of improving the power quality to sensitive load by various mitigating custom
power devices

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION Classes:10

Introduction of the Power Quality (PQ) problem, Terms used in PQ: Voltage, Sag, Swell, Surges,
Harmonics, over voltages, spikes, Voltage fluctuations, Transients, Interruption, overview of power
quality phenomenon, Remedies to improve power quality, power quality monitoring.

UNIT-II LONG & SHORT INTERRUPTIONS Classes:15

Interruptions – Definition – Difference between failures, outage, Interruptions – causes of Long

Interruptions – Origin of Interruptions – Limits for the Interruption frequency – Limits for the
interruption duration – costs of Interruption – Overview of Reliability evaluation to power quality,
comparison of observations and reliability evaluation.
Short interruptions: definition, origin of short interruptions, basic principle, fuse saving, voltage
magnitude events due to re-closing, voltage during the interruption, monitoring of short
interruptions, difference between medium and low voltage systems. Multiple events, single phase
tripping – voltage and current during fault period, voltage and current at post fault period, stochastic
prediction of short interruptions.

143
UNIT-III SINGLE AND THREE PHASE VOLTAGE SAG Classes:15
CHARACTERIZATION:
Voltage sag – definition, causes of voltage sag, voltage sag magnitude, and monitoring,
theoretical calculation of voltage sag magnitude, voltage sag calculation in non-radial systems,
meshed systems, and voltage sag duration.
Three phase faults, phase angle jumps, magnitude and phase angle jumps for three phase
unbalanced sags, load influence on voltage sags.
UNIT-IV Power Quality Considerations In Industrial Power Classes:10
Systems:
Voltage sag – equipment behaviour of Power electronic loads, induction motors, synchronous
motors, computers, consumer electronics, adjustable speed AC drives and its operation. Mitigation
of AC Drives,adjustable speed DC drives and its operation, mitigation methods of DC drives.

UNIT-V MITIGATION OF INTERRUPTIONS & VOLTAGE Classes:15

SAGS:
Overview of mitigation methods – from fault to trip, reducing the number of faults, reducing the
fault clearing time changing the power system, installing mitigation equipment, improving
equipment immunity, different events and mitigation methods. System equipment interface –
voltage source converter, series voltage controller, shunt controller, combined shunt and series
controller.
Power Quality and EMC Standards: Introduction to standardization, IEC Electromagnetic
compatibility standards, European voltage characteristics standards, PQ surveys.
TEXTBOOKS

1. “Math H J Bollen”, “Understanding Power Quality Problems” , IEEE Press, 2000.

2. “R. Sastry Vedam and Mulukutla S. Sarma”, “Power Quality VAR Compensation in Power
Systems”, CRC Press, 2008

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. C. Sankaran, Power Quality, CRC Press 2001.
2. Roger C. Dugan, Mark F. Mc Granaghan, Surya Santoso, H. Wayne Beaty, Electrical
Power Systems Quality, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd, 3rd Edition 2012.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.power qualityworld.com/
2. https://www.researchgate.net.
3. https://www.aar.faculty.asu.edu/classes.

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. Arindam Ghosh, Gerard Ledwich, Power quality enhancement using custom power devices, Kluwer
academic publishers, 2002.
2. https://www.freebookcentre.net.
MOOCS COURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/102/108102179/

144
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in

POWER SYSTEM DYNAMICS

IV B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE707PE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1.To remember the dynamic characteristics of power system equipment.
2.To recognize dynamic performance of power systems.
3.To illustrate the system stability and controls.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Choose the fundamental dynamic behavior and controls of power systems to perform basic
analysis.
2. Comprehend concepts in modeling and simulating the dynamic phenomena of power systems Interpret
results of system stability studies.
3. Analyze theory and practice of modeling main power system components, such as synchronous
machines, excitation systems and governors.

UNIT-I BASIC CONCEPTS Classes:15

Power system stability states of operation and system security – system dynamics – problems system
model analysis of steady State stability and transient stability – simplified representation of Excitation
control.

UNIT-II MODELING OF SYNCHRONOUS MACHINE Classes:10

Synchronous machine – park’s Transformation-analysis of steady state performance per – unit quantities-
Equivalent circuits of synchronous machine determination of parameters of equivalent circuits.

UNIT-III EXCITATION SYSTEM Classes:15

Excitation system modeling-excitation systems block Diagram – system representation by state equations-
Dynamics of a synchronous generator connected to infinite bus – system model Synchronous machine
model-stator equations rotor equations – Synchronous machine model with field circuit – one equivalent
damper winding on q axis.

145
 UNIT-IV ANALYSIS OF SINGLE MACHINE SYSTEM Classes:15
Small signal analysis with block diagram – Representation Characteristic equation and application of
Routh Hurwitz criterion- synchronizing and damping torque analysis-small signal model – State
equations.
UNIT-V APPLICATION OF POWER SYSTEM STABILIZERS Classes:10

Basic concepts in applying PSS – Control signals – Structure and tuning of PSS – Washout circuit –
Dynamic compensator analysis of single machine infinite bus system with and without PSS.
TEXTBOOKS
1. K. R. PADIYAR,” Power system dynamics “- B.S. Publications.
2. P.M. Anderson and A. A. Fouad, “Power system control and stability”, IEEE Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. R. Ramanujam, “Power Systems Dynamics”- PHI Publications.
2. James R. Bumby, formerly Reader at Durham University, UK.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. http://www.power systems .com/
3. https://www.Fouad academy.org/
4. power systems/a/ee-voltage-and-current
5. https://power supply globe.com/

E -TEXTBOOKS

1. https://easyengineering.net/ Power Systems Dynamics”- PHI Publications /

2. https://easyengineering.net/ Power system control and stability”, IEEE Press /

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/4
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102146/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/38

146
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in

SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES

IV B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE708PE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To group various aspects of the smart grid,
2. To defend smart grid design to meet the needs of a utility
3. To select issues and challenges that remain to be solved
4. To analyze basics of electricity, electricity generation, economics of supply and demand, and
the various aspects of electricity market operations in both regulated and deregulated
environment.
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Understand the features of small grid in the context of Indian grid.
2. Understand the role of automation in transmission and distribution.
3. Apply evolutionary algorithms for smart grid.
4. Understand operation and maintenance of PMUs, PDCs, WAMs, and voltage and frequency
control in micro grid
UNIT-I Introduction to Smart Grid Classes:15
Introduction to Smart Grid: What is Smart Grid? Working definitions of Smart Grid and Associated
Concepts –Smart grid Functions-Traditional Power Grid and Smart Grid –New Technologies for Smart
Grid – Advantages –Indian Smart Grid –Key Challenges for Smart Grid.

UNIT-II Smart Grid Architecture Classes:10

Smart Grid Architecture: Components and Architecture of Smart Grid Design –Review of the
proposed architectures for Smart Grid. The fundamental components of Smart Grid designs –
Transmission Automation – Distribution Automation –Renewable Integration

UNIT-III Tools and Techniques for Smart Grid Classes:15

Tools and Techniques for Smart Grid: Computational Techniques –Static and Dynamic Optimization
Techniques –Computational Intelligence Techniques –Evolutionary Algorithms –Artificial Intelligence
techniques.

UNIT-IV Distribution Generation Technologies Classes:15

Distribution Generation Technologies: Introduction to Renewable Energy Technologies –Micro grids
–Storage Technologies –Electric Vehicles and plug –in hybrids –Environmental impact and Climate
Change –Economic Issues.
Communication Technologies and Smart Grid: Introduction to Communication Technology –
Synchro-Phasor Measurement Units (PMUs) –Wide Area Measurement Systems (WAMS).
147
UNIT-V Control of Smart Power Grid System Classes:15
Control of Smart Power Grid System: Load Frequency Control (LFC) in Micro Grid System –Voltage
Control in Micro Grid System – Reactive Power Control in Smart Grid. Case Studies and Test beds for
the Smart Grids.

TEXTBOOKS

1. 1. Stuart Borlase, Smart Grids, Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions, CRC Press, 2013
2. 2. Gil Masters, Renewable and Efficient Electric Power System, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. 1. A.G. Phadke and J.S. Thorp, “Synchronized Phasor Measurements and their Applications”,
Springer Edition, 2010.
2. 2. T. Ackermann, Wind Power in Power Systems, Hoboken, NJ, USA, John Wiley, 2005

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. http://www.basicsofelectricalengineering.com/
3. https://www.electricaldeck.com
4. https://circuitglobe.com/

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. http://www.freepdfbook.com/smart-grids-infrastructure-technology-and-solutions-by-stuart-
borlase/
2. https://www.routledgehandbooks.com/pdf/doi/10.1201/9781351228480-3
3. http://www.a-ghadimi.com/files/Courses/Renewable%20Energy/REN_Book.pdf
MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/107/108107113/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108034/

148
 St. Martin's EngineeringCollege
AnAutonomousInstitute
NBA&NAAC A+Accredited
Dhulapally,Secunderabad-500100
www.smec.ac.in
HVDC

IV B.TECH -I SEMESTER(R20)
Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits MaximumMarks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE709PE B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To compare EHVAC and HVDC systems.
2. To analyze Graetz circuit and also explain 6 and 12 pulse converters.
3. To control HVDC systems with various methods.
4. To perform power flow analysis in AC/DC systems.
5. To describe various protection methods for HVDC systems and Harmonics.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the students able to
1. To compare EHVAC and HVDC system and describe various types of DC links.
2. To analyze Graetz circuit for rectifier and inverter mode of operation.
3. To describe various methods for the control of HVDC systems.
4. To perform power flow analysis in AC/DC systems.
5. To describe various protection methods for HVDC systems and classify harmonics and
design different types of filters.

UNIT-I BASIC CONCEPTS AND ANALYSIS OF HVDC Classes:15

CONVERTERS
Basic Concepts: Necessity of HVDC systems, Economics and Terminal equipment of HVDC
transmission systems, Types of HVDC Links, Apparatus required for HVDC Systems, Comparison
of AC and DC Transmission, Application of DC Transmission System, Planning and Modern
trends in D.C. Transmission.
Analysis of HVDC Converters: Choice of Converter Configuration, Analysis of Graetz circuit,
Characteristics of 6 Pulse and 12 Pulse converters, Cases of two 3 phase converters in Y/Y mode –
their performance.
UNIT-II CONVERTER AND HVDC SYSTEM CONTROL AND Classes:15
REACTIVE POWER CONTROL IN HVDC
Converter and HVDC System Control: Principle of DC Link Control, Converters Control
Characteristics, Firing angle control, Current and extinction angle control, Effect of source
inductance on the system, Starting and stopping of DC link, Power Control.
Reactive Power Control in HVDC: Introduction, Reactive Power Requirements in steady state,
sources of reactive power- Static VAR Compensators, Reactive power control during transients.
UNIT-III POWER FLOW ANALYSIS IN AC/DC SYSTEMS Classes:12

Power Flow Analysis in AC/DC Systems: Modelling of DC Links, DC Network, DC Converter,

Controller Equations, Solution of DC load flow, P.U. System for DC quantities, solution of AC-DC
Power flow-Simultaneous method-Sequential method.

149
 UNIT-IV CONVERTER FAULTS AND PROTECTION Classes:12
Converter faults, protection against over current and over voltage in converter station, surge
arresters, smoothing reactors, DC breakers, Audible noise, space charge field, corona effects on DC
lines, Radio interference.

UNIT-V HARMONICS AND FILTERS Classes:10

Generation of Harmonics, Characteristics harmonics, calculation of AC Harmonics, Non-

Characteristics harmonics, adverse effects of harmonics, Calculation of voltage and Current
harmonics, Effect of Pulse number on harmonics.
Types of AC filters, Design of Single tuned filters –Design of High pass filters.
TEXTBOOKS

1. “K.R Padiyar”, HVDC Power Transmission Systems: Technology and system

Interactions, New Age International (P) Limited and Publishers, 1990.
2. “S K Kamakshaiah, V Kamaraju”, HVDC Transmission, TMH Publishers, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. “S.Rao”, EHVAC and HVDC Transmission Engineering and Practice, Khanna

publications, 3rd Edition 1999.
2. “Jos Arrillaga”, HVDC Transmission, The Institute of electrical
engineers,IEE power & energy series29,2nd edition 1998.
3. “E.W.Kimbark”, Direct current Transmission, John Wiley and Sons, volume 1, 1971.
4. “E.Uhlmann”, Power Transmission by Direct current, B.S. Publications, 2009.
WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. http://www.basicsofelectricalengineering.com/
3. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/book/10.1002/9780470822975
4. https://www.accessengineeringlibrary.com/content/book/9780071771917/chapter/chapter11

E-TEXTBOOKS
1. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/book/10.1002/9780470822975
2. https://easyengineering.net/hvdc-power-transmission-systems-by-padiyar/
3. https://www.geniuspublications.com/our-books/Engineering-Books/EE-Branch/ehv-ac-dc-
transmission
MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/104/108104013/
2. https://wireless.education/study/hvdc-transmission-substation-in-detail-engineering-
online-course-by-udemy/
3. https://npti.gov.in/hvdc-transmission-systems

150
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
ELECTRICAL AND HYBRID VEHICLES

IV B. TECH- I SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE710PE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To understand upcoming technology of electric and hybrid electric vehicles
2. Analyse different aspects of drive train topologies
3.learn different energy management strategies
4.To understand different communication systems used in electric and Hybrid electric vehicles
5. Explain the concept of vehicle to grid configurations

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1.Understand the models to describe hybrid vehicles and their performance.
2.Understand the different possible ways of energy storage.
3.Understand the different strategies related to energy storage systems.
4. Assess the impact of conventional vehicles on the society and different types of drive train
topologies
5. Categorize different types of motors used in electric and hybrid electric vehicles

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION Classes:15

Conventional Vehicles: Basics of vehicle performance, vehicle power source characterization,
transmission characteristics, mathematical models to describe vehicle performance.

UNIT-II INTRODUCTION TO HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLES Classes:10

History of hybrid and electric vehicles, social and environmental importance of hybrid and electric
vehicles, impact of modern drive-trains on energy supplies.
HYBRID ELECTRIC DRIVE-TRAINS: Basic concept of hybrid traction, introduction to
various hybrid drive-train topologies, power flow control in hybrid drive-train topologies, fuel
efficiency analysis.
ELECTRIC TRAINS
UNIT-III Classes:15
Electric Drive-trains: Basic concept of electric traction, introduction to various electric drive train
topologies, power flow control in electric drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis.
ELECTRIC PROPULSION UNIT: Introduction to electric components used in hybrid and
electric vehicles, Configuration and control of DC Motor drives, Configuration and control of
Induction Motor drives, configuration and control of Permanent Magnet Motor drives,
Configuration and control of Switch Reluctance Motor drives, drive system efficiency.
UNIT-IV ENERGY STORAGE Classes:15
Energy Storage: Introduction to Energy Storage Requirements in Hybrid and Electric Vehicles,
Battery based energy storage and its analysis, Fuel Cell based energy storage and its analysis, Super
151
Capacitor based energy storage and its analysis, Flywheel based energy storage and its analysis,
Hybridization of different energy storage devices. Sizing the drive system: Matching the electric
machine and the internal combustion engine (ICE), Sizing the propulsion motor, sizing the power
electronics, selecting the energy storage technology, Communications, supporting subsystems

UNIT-V ENERGY MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES Classes:10

Energy Management Strategies: Introduction to energy management strategies used in hybrid and
electric vehicles, classification of different energy management strategies, comparison of different
energy management strategies, implementation issues of energy management strategies.
CASE STUDIES: Design of a Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), Design of a Battery Electric
Vehicle (BEV).
TEXTBOOKS
1. C. Mi, M. A. Masrur and D. W. Gao, “Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Principles and Applications
with Practical Perspectives”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
2. S. Onori, L. Serrao and G. Rizzoni, “Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Energy Management Strategies”,
Springer, 2015.
3. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Ali Emadi, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell
Vehicles: Fundamentals”, CRC Press, 2010.
4. James Larminie, “Electric Vehicle Technology Explained”, John Wiley & Sons, 2003
5. Iqbal Hussain, “Electric & Hybrid Vehicles – Design Fundamentals”, Second Edition, CRC
Press, 2011
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Hybrid Vehicles and the future of personal transportation, Allen Fuhs, CRC Press, 2011.
2. Vehicle Power Management: Modelling, Control and Optimization, Xi Zhang, Chris Mi,
Springer, 2011.
3. M. Ehsani, Y. Gao, S. E. Gay and A. Emadi, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell
Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory, and Design”, CRC Press, 2004.
4. T. Denton, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles”, Routledge, 2016.
WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. http://www.basicsofelectricalengineering.com/
3. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/circuits-topic/circuits-
4. https://circuitglobe.com/
E -TEXTBOOKS

1. https://easyengineering.net/ Electric and Hybrid Vehicles Design Fundamentals by-

Iqbal Hussain /
2. https://easyengineering.net/ History of Electrical Vehicle-by- Dr Sangeet Dwivedi/
MOOCS COURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/1
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102146/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/35

152
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

IV B. TECH- I SEMESTER (SMEC-R20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE711PE B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To provide background and fundamental material for the analysis and processing of digital
signals and acquaint in Multi-rate signal processing techniques.
2. To understand the fast computation of DFT and appreciate the FFT processing.
3. To design IIR digital filters, analyze and synthesize for a given specifications.
4. To design FIR digital filters using window techniques, analyze and synthesize for a given
specifications.
5. To realize digital filter techniques and understand the concepts of finite word length effects.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
1. To Understand the operations on signals and characteristics of Linear Shift Invariant
system and Multi rate DSP Techniques.
2. To Build the relationship among Z-Transform, DFT, FFT and various Transforms.
3. To Design of infinite impulse response filters for a given specification.
4. To Evaluate the Performance of finite impulse response filters
5. To Analyze the finite length word effects and to realize Digital Filters.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION Classes: 12

Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Discrete Time Signals & Sequences, conversion of
continuous to discrete signal, Normalized Frequency, Linear Shift Invariant Systems, Stability, and
Causality, linear differential equation to difference equation, Linear Constant Coefficient
Difference Equations, Frequency Domain Representation of Discrete Time Signals and Systems.
Multirate Digital Signal Processing: Introduction, Down Sampling, Decimation, Up sampling,
Interpolation, Sampling Rate Conversion. Applications of Multirate Digital Signal Processing.
UNIT-II DISCRETE FOURIER SERIES AND FAST FOURIER Classes: 12
TRANSFORMS
Discrete Fourier series: Fourier Series, Fourier Transform, Laplace Transform and Z-Transform
relation, DFS Representation of Periodic Sequences, Properties of Discrete Fourier Series, Discrete
Fourier Transforms: Properties of DFT, Linear Convolution of Sequences using DFT, Computation
of DFT: Over-Lap Add Method, Over-Lap Save Method, Relation between DTFT, DFS, DFT and
Z-Transform.
Fast Fourier Transforms: Fast Fourier Transforms (FFT) - Radix-2 Decimation-in-Time and
Decimation-in-Frequency FFT Algorithms, Inverse FFT.

153
UNIT-III IIR DIGITAL FILTERS Classes: 10

IIR Digital Filters: Analog filter approximations – Butterworth and Chebyshev, Design of IIR
Digital Filters from Analog Filters, Step and Impulse Invariant Techniques, Bilinear Transformation
Method, Spectral Transformations.
UNIT-IV FIR DIGITAL FILTERS Classes: 10
FIR Digital Filters: Characteristics of FIR Digital Filters, Frequency Response. Design of FIR
Filters: Fourier Method, Digital Filters using Window Techniques, Frequency Sampling Technique,
Comparison of IIR & FIR filters.

REALIZATION OF DIGITAL FILTERS AND FINITE Classes: 10

UNIT-V WORD LENGTH EFFECTS
Realization of Digital Filters: Realization of Digital Filters – Direct, Canonic, Cascade and
Parallel Forms.
Finite Word Length Effects: Limit cycles, Overflow Oscillations, Round-off Noise in IIR Digital
Filters, Computational Output Round Off Noise, Methods to Prevent Overflow, Trade Off Between
Round Off and Overflow Noise, Measurement of Coefficient Quantization Effects through Pole-
Zero Movement, Dead Band Effects.
TEXT BOOKS

1. Discrete Time Signal Processing – A. V. Oppenheim and R.W. Schaffer, PHI, 2009
2. Digital Signal Processing, Principles, Algorithms, and Applications: John G. Proakis, Dimitris G.
Manolakis, Pearson Education / PHI, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Digital Signal Processing – Fundamentals and Applications – Li Tan, Elsevier, 2008

2. Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing using MATLAB – Robert J. Schilling, Sandra L.
Harris, Thomson, 2007
3. Digital Signal Processing – S. Salivahanan, A. Vallavaraj and C. Gnanapriya, TMH, 2009
4. Digital Signal Processing - A Practical approach, Emmanuel C. Ifeachor and Barrie W. Jervis,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2009
WEB REFERENCES
1. ttps://freevideolectures.com/course/2339/digital-signal-processing-iitkharagpur/17
2. http://study.aisectonline.com/DisplaySub2SubCategory.aspx?Sub2Cat=10141
3. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/individual_course.php?id=noc18-ee30
4. http://www.infocobuild.com/education/audio-video-
courses/electronics/DiscreteTimeSignalProcessing-IIT-Kharagpur/lecture-06.html
E -TEXT BOOKS

1. https://www.google.co.in/books/edition/DIGITAL_SIGNAL_PROCESSING/cLAbj
lSN7qQC?hl=en&gbpv=1&dq=inauthor:%22NAGOORKANI%22&printsec=frontc
over
2. https://fmipa.umri.ac.id/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Andreas-Intoniou-Digital-
signal-processing.9780071454247.31527.pdf
3. https://www.riverpublishers.com/pdf/ebook/RP_E9788792982032.pdf

154
MOOCS COURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105055/10
2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2339/Digital-z transforms-IITKharagpur
3. http://study.aisectonline.com/Login.aspx?CID=CoursesSelect.aspx?courseid=11589#http
s://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V-kLaH4139o
4. https://cosmolearning.org/video-lectures/digital-filter-design-12020/

155
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
CONTROL SYSTEMS DESIGN

IV B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE802PE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To know the time and frequency domain design problem specifications.
2. To understand the design of classical control systems in time-domain
3. To analyze the design aspects of classical control systems in frequency-domain
4. To know the design of various compensator controllers
5. To identify the performance of the systems by design them in state-space
6. To study the effects of nonlinearities on various systems performance

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand various design specifications.
2. Design controllers to satisfy the desired design specifications using simple controller
structures (P, PI, PID, compensators).
3. Design controllers using the state-space approach.

UNIT-I DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS: Classes:10

Introduction to design problem and philosophy. Introduction to time domain and frequency domain
design specification and its physical relevance. Effect of gain on transient and steady state response.
Effect of addition of pole on system performance. Effect of addition of zero on system response.

UNIT-II DESIGN OF CLASSICAL CONTROL SYSTEM IN THE Classes:15

TIME DOMAIN
Introduction to compensator. Design of Lag, lead lag-lead compensator in time domain. Feedback
and Feed forward compensator design. Feedback compensation. Realization of compensators.

UNIT-III DESIGN OF CLASSICAL CONTROL SYSTEM IN Classes:15

FREQUENCY DOMAIN:
Compensator design in frequency domain to improve steady state and transient response. Feedback
and Feed forward compensator design using bode diagram.

156
UNIT-IV DESIGN OF PID CONTROLLERS: Classes:10
Design of P, PI, PD and PID controllers in time domain and frequency domain for first, second and
third order systems. Control loop with auxiliary feedback – Feed forward control.

UNIT-V CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN IN STATE SPACE: Classes:15

Review of state space representation. Concept of controllability & observability, effect of pole zero
cancellation on the controllability & observability of the system, pole placement design through
state feedback. Ackerman’s Formula for feedback gain design. Design of Observer. Reduced order
observer. Separation Principle.
Non-linearities and Its Effect on System Performance: Various types of non-linearities. Effect
of various non-linearities on system performance. Singular points. Phase plot analysis.

TEXTBOOKS
1. N. Nise, “Control system Engineering”, John Wiley, 2000.
2. I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, “Control system engineering”, Wiley, 2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. M. Gopal, “Digital Control Engineering”, Wiley Eastern, 1988.
2. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 2010.
3. B. C. Kuo, “Automatic Control system”, Prentice Hall, 1995.
4. J. J. D’Azzo and C. H. Houpis, “Linear control system analysis and design (conventional
andmodern)”, McGraw Hill, 1995.
R. T. Stefani and G. H. Hostetter, “Design of feedback Control Systems”, Saunders
CollegePub, 1994.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.researchgate.net
2. https://www.aar.faculty.asu.edu./classes
3. https://www.facstaff.bucknell.edu/
4. https://www.electrical4u.com

E -TEXTBOOKS

1. https://www.jntubook.com/
2. https://www.freeengineeringbooks.com

MOOCS COURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc18/SEM2/noc18-ph16/

157
 ST. MARTIN'S ENGINEERING COLLEGE
An UGC Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
IV B.TECH – II SEMESTER (R20)
Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE803PE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To understand the various electrical system components
2. To know the residential and commercial electrical systems
3. To study the illumination systems
4. To discuss about the industrial electrical systems
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completing this course the student must demonstrate the knowledge and ability
1. To Understand the electrical wiring systems for residential, commercial and
industrial consumers representing the systems with standard symbols and drawings, SLD
2. To Understand various components of industrial electrical systems
3. To Analyze and select the proper size of various electrical system components

UNIT-I ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS Classes:15

LT system wiring components, selection of cables, wires, switches, distribution box, metering system,
Tariff structure, protection components- Fuse, MCB, MCCB, ELCB, inverse current characteristics,
symbols, single line diagram (SLD) of a wiring system, Contactor, Isolator, Relays, MPCB, Electric shock
and Electrical safety practices.
UNIT-II RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL ELECTRICAL Classes:10
SYSTEMS
Types of residential and commercial wiring systems, general rules and guidelines for installation, load
calculation and sizing of wire, rating of main switch, distribution board and protection devices, earthing
system calculations, requirements of commercial installation, deciding lighting scheme and number of
lamps, earthing of commercial installation, selection and sizing of components.
UNIT-III ILLUMINATION SYSTEMS Classes:15

Understanding various terms regarding light, lumen, intensity, candle power, lamp efficiency, specific
consumption, glare, space to height ratio, waste light factor, depreciation factor, various illumination
schemes, Incandescent lamps and modern luminaries like CFL, LED and their operation, energy saving in
illumination systems, design of a lighting scheme for a residential and commercial premise, flood lighting
,Street lighting , Factory lighting.
UNIT-IV INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS – I Classes:15

HT connect ion, industrial substation, Transformer select ion, Industrial loads, motors, starting of motors,
SLD, Cable and Switchgear selection, Lightning Protection, Earthing design, Power factor correction –
KVAR calculations, type of compensation, Introduction to PCC, MCC panels. Specifications of LT
Breakers, MCB and other LT panel components.

158
UNIT-V INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS – II Classes:10

DG Systems, UPS System, Electrical Systems for the elevators, Battery banks, Sizing the DG, UPS and
Battery Banks, Selection of UPS and Battery Banks.

TEXT BOOKS
1. S. L. Uppal and G. C. Garg, “Electrical Wiring, Estimating & costing”, Khanna publishers, 2008.
2. K. B. Raina, “Electrical Design, Estimating & Costing”, New age International, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. S. Singh and R. D. Singh, “Electrical estimating and costing”, Dhanpat Rai and Co., 1997.
2. Web site for IS Standards.
3. H. Joshi, “Residential Commercial and Industrial Systems”, McGraw Hill Education, 2008.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. https://circuitglobe.com/
3. https://www.integritypowerandelectric.com/electrical-contracting-services-
articles/2014/07/30/the-difference-between-residential-and-commercial-electrical-wiring/
4. https://girishsab.wordpress.com/identification-of-various-types-of-electrical-accessories-
and-components/
5. https://www.electricalindia.in/selection-of-electrical-power-cables/
E- TEXTBOOKS
1. https://jcboseust.ac.in/electrical/index.php/download-for-student
2. https://www.kopykitab.com/Industrial-Electrical-Systems-I-by-B-P-Patil-M-A-Chaudhari

MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105053/
2. https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/108105060/L19.html
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/107/108107167/

159
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
AI TECHNIQUES IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

IV B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE804PE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To locate soft commanding methodologies, such as artificial neural networks, Fuzzy
logic and genetic Algorithms.
2. To observe the concepts of feed forward neural networks and about feedback neural
networks.
3. To practice the concept of fuzziness involved in various systems and comprehensive
knowledge of fuzzy logic control and to design the fuzzy control
4. To analyze genetic algorithm, genetic operations and genetic mutations.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand feed forward neural networks, feedback neural networks and learning
techniques.
2. Understand fuzziness involved in various systems and fuzzy set theory.
3. Develop fuzzy logic control for applications in electrical engineering
4. Develop genetic algorithm for applications in electrical engineering.
UNIT-I ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS Classes:15

Introduction, Models of Neuron Network-Architectures –Knowledge representation, Artificial

Intelligence and Neural networks–Learning process -Error correction learning, Hebbian learning –
Competitive learning-Boltzman learning, supervised learning-Unsupervised learning–
Reinforcement learning-Learning tasks.
UNIT-II ANN PARADIGMS Classes:15

Multi-layer perceptron using Back propagation Algorithm (BPA), Self –Organizing Map (SOM),
Radial Basis Function Network-Functional Link Network (FLN), Hopfield Network.

UNIT-III FUZZY LOGIC Classes:15

Introduction –Fuzzy versus crisp, Fuzzy sets-Membership function –Basic Fuzzy set operations,
Properties of Fuzzy sets –Fuzzy Cartesian Product, Operations on Fuzzy relations –Fuzzy logic–
Fuzzy Quantifiers, Fuzzy Inference-Fuzzy Rule based system, Defuzzification methods.

UNIT-IV GENETIC ALGORITHMS Classes:15

Introduction-Encoding –Fitness Function-Reproduction operators, Genetic Modeling –Genetic

operators-Cross over-Single site cross over, Two point cross over –Multi point cross over Uniform
cross over, Matrix cross over-Cross over Rate-Inversion & Deletion, Mutation operator – Mutation
–Mutation Rate-Bit-wise operators, Generational cycle-convergence of Genetic Algorithm.
160
UNIT-V APPLICATIONS OF AI TECHNIQUES Classes:15

Load forecasting, Load flow studies, Economic load dispatch, Load frequency control, Single area
system and two area system, Reactive power control, Speed control of DC and AC Motors.

TEXTBOOKS
1. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V. Pai Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic & Genetic Algorithms, PHI, New
Delhi, 2003.
2. Rober J. Schalkoff, Artificial Neural Networks, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. P.D. Wasserman; Neural Computing Theory & Practice, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1989.
2. Bart Kosko; Neural Network & Fuzzy System, Prentice Hall, 1992
3. D.E. Goldberg, Genetic Algorithms, Addison-Wesley 1999.

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.javatpoint.com/artificial-neural-network
2. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/331508432_Exploring_the_best_ANN_model_ba
sed_on_four_paradigms_to_predict_delay_and_cost_overrun_percentages_of_highway_pro
jects
3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/fuzzy-logic-introduction/
4. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/genetic-algorithms/
5. https://www.javatpoint.com/application-of-ai
E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://pdfcoffee.com/neural-networks-fuzzy-logic-and-genetic-algorithms-synthesis-and-
applicationspdf-pdf-free.html
2. http://boente.eti.br/fuzzy/ebook-fuzzy-kazabov.pdf
MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/105/117105084/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/127/105/127105006/

161
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM

IV B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE805PE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To understand the fundamentals of digital control systems, z-transforms
2. To understand state space representation of the control systems, concepts of controllability and
observability
3. To study the estimation of stability in different domains
4. To understand the design of discrete time control systems, compensators, state feedback controllers,
state observers through various transformations.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Obtain discrete representation of LTI systems.
2. Analyze stability of open loop and closed loop discrete-time systems.
3. Design and analyze digital controllers.
4. Design state feedback and output feedback controllers.

UNIT-I DISCRETE REPRESENTATION OF CONTINUOUS Classes:15

SYSTEMS
Basics of Digital Control Systems. Discrete representation of continuous systems. Sample and hold circuit.
Mathematical Modeling of sample and hold circuit. Effects of Sampling and Quantization. Choice of
sampling frequency. ZOH equivalent.

UNIT-II DISCRETE SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND STABILITY OF Classes:20

DISCRETE TIME SYSTEM
Z-Transform and Inverse Z Transform for analyzing discrete time systems. Pulse Transfer function. Pulse
transfer function of closed loop systems. Mapping from s-plane to z plane. Solution of Discrete time
systems. Time response of discrete time system.
Stability analysis by Jury test. Stability analysis using bilinear transformation. Design of digital control
system with dead beat response. Practical issues with dead beat response design.
UNIT-III STATE SPACE APPROACH FOR DISCRETE TIME Classes:15
SYSTEMS
State space models of discrete systems, State space analysis. Lyapunov Stability. Controllability, reach-
ability, Reconstructibility and observability analysis. Effect of pole zero cancellation on the controllability &
observability.

162
UNIT-IV DESIGN OF DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM Classes:15

Design of Discrete PID Controller, Design of discrete state feedback controller. Design of set point tracker.
Design of Discrete Observer for LTI System. Design of Discrete compensator.

UNIT-V DISCRETE OUTPUT FEEDBACK CONTROL Classes:15

Design of discrete output feedback control. Fast output sampling (FOS) and periodic output feedback
controller design for discrete time systems.

TEXTBOOKS
1. K. Ogata, “Digital Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1995.
2. M. Gopal, “Digital Control Engineering”, Wiley Eastern, 1988.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. G. F. Franklin, J. D. Powell and M. L. Workman, “Digital Control of Dynamic Systems”,
AddisonWesley, 1998.
2. B.C. Kuo, “Digital Control System”, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1980.

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1474667017507004
2. https://www.globalspec.com/reference/71134/203279/chapter-2-analysis-of-discrete-time-
systems
3. https://eng.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Electrical_Engineering/Signal_Processing_and_Mod
eling/Book%3A_Signals_and_Systems_(Baraniuk_et_al.)/04%3A_Time_Domain_Analysis
_of_Discrete_Time_Systems/4.06%3A_BIBO_Stability_of_Discrete_Time_Systems
4. https://www.brainkart.com/article/State-space-representation-for-discrete-time-
systems_12866/#:~:text=The%20dynamics%20of%20a%20linear,(observation%20or%20m
easurement)%20equation.&text=Where%20the%20input%20u%2C%20output,c%20are%2
0n%2Ddimensional%20vectors.
5. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/228637940_Design_and_Application_of_Full_Di
gital_Control_System_for_LLC_Multiresonant_Converter
6. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00207178408933311#:~:text=Original%20A
rticles-
,A%20design%20method%20of%20discrete%20output%20feedback%20control,on%20im
proved%20optimal%20regulator%20theory&text=A%20design%20method%20of%20an,el
ectrical%20drive%20system%20is%20presented.

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://digilib.bppt.go.id/sampul/Digital_Control_Engineering-Analysis_and_Design-
full.pdf
2. https://gcebargur.ac.in/sites/gcebargur.ac.in/files/lectures_desk/Digital%20Control%20and
%20State%20Variable%20Methods%20M%20Gopal.pdf

MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/103/108103008/

163
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
ADVANCED CONTROL OF ELECTRIC DRIVES

IV B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE806PE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To know the power electronic converters.
2. To analyze the various control strategies of power converters for drives control
3. To understand the advanced control techniques for DC and AC motor drives
4. To go through the control strategies for drives using digital signal processors.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand the operation of power electronic converters and their control strategies.
2. Understand the vector control strategies for ac motor drives.
3. Understand the implementation of the control strategies using digital signal processors.

UNIT-I POWER CONVERTERS FOR AC DRIVES Classes:15

PWM control of inverter, selected harmonic elimination, space vector modulation, current control
of VSI, three level inverter, Different topologies, SVM for 3 level inverter, Diode rectifier with
boost chopper, PWM converter as line side rectifier, current fed inverters with self-commutated
devices. Control of CSI, H Bridge as a 4-Q drive.
UNIT-II INDUCTION MOTOR DRIVES Classes:10

Different transformations and reference frame theory, modeling of induction machines, voltage fed
inverter control-v/f control, vector control, direct torque and flux control (DTC)

UNIT-III SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR DRIVES Classes:15

Modeling of synchronous machines, open loop v/f control, vector control, direct torque control, CSI
fed synchronous motor drives.

UNIT-IV PERMANENT MAGNET MOTOR DRIVES & Classes:15

SWITCHED RELUCTANCE MOTOR DRIVES
Introduction to various PM motors, BLDC and PMSM drive configuration, comparison, block
diagrams, Speed and torque control in BLDC and PMSM.

164
Evolution of switched reluctance motors; various topologies for SRM drives, comparison, closed
loop speed and torque control of SRM.

UNIT-V DSP BASED MOTION CONTROL Classes:10

Use of DSPs in motion control, various DSPs available, and realization of some basic blocks in DSP
for implementation of DSP based motion control.

TEXTBOOKS

1. B. K. Bose, “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Pearson Education, Asia, 2003.
2. P. C. Krause, O. Wasynczuk and S. D. Sudhoff, “Analysis of Electric Machinery and Drive
Systems”, John Wiley & Sons, 2013.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. 1. H. A. Taliyat and S. G. Campbell, “DSP based Electromechanical Motion Control”,

CRC press, 2003.
2. R. Krishnan, “Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC motor Drives”, CRC
Press,2009.

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://app.knovel.com/kn/resources/kpHPCACDEG/toc
2. https://circuitglobe.com/induction-motor-drives.html
3. https://www.electrical4u.com/synchronous-motor-drives/
4. https://www.controleng.com/articles/understanding-permanent-magnet-motors/
5. https://www.intechopen.com/chapters/70448
6. https://www.analog.com/en/analog-dialogue/articles/dsp-based-control-for-ac-
machines.html

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://download.e-bookshelf.de/download/0008/4373/77/L-G-0008437377-
0017429215.pdf
2. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1bEMhGT1mlUYCxyf1IPetLKjPU0ssO-fx/view
3. https://eee.sairam.edu.in/wpcontent/uploads/sites/6/2019/07/Modern_power_electronics_an
d_AC_drives.pdf

MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108077/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/104/108104140/

165
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in

EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN

IV B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours / Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE807PE B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To provide an overview of Design Principles of Embedded System.
2. To provide clear understanding about the role of firmware.
3. To understand the necessity of operating systems in correlation with hardware systems.
4. To learn the methods of interfacing and synchronization for tasking.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
1. To understand the selection procedure of Processors in the embedded domain.
2. Design Procedure for Embedded Firmware.
3. To visualize the role of Real time Operating Systems in Embedded Systems.
4. To evaluate the Correlation between task synchronization and latency issues
UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS Classes: 12
Introduction to Embedded Systems: Definition of Embedded System, Embedded Systems
Vs General Computing Systems, History of Embedded Systems, Classification, Major
Application Areas, Purpose of Embedded Systems, Characteristics and Quality Attributes of
Embedded Systems.
UNIT-II TYPICAL EMBEDDED SYSTEM Classes:13
Typical Embedded System: Core of the Embedded System: General Purpose and Domain
Specific Processors, ASICs, PLDs, Commercial Off-The-Shelf Components (COTS),
Memory: ROM, RAM, Memory according to the type of Interface, Memory Shadowing,
Memory selection for Embedded Systems, Sensors and Actuators, Communication Interface:
Onboard and External Communication Interfaces.
UNIT-III EMBEDDED FIRMWARE Classes:10
Embedded Firmware: Reset Circuit, Brown-out Protection Circuit, Oscillator Unit, Real
Time Clock, Watchdog Timer, Embedded Firmware Design Approaches and Development
Languages.
UNIT-IV RTOS BASED EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN Classes:12

166
RTOS Based Embedded System Design: Operating System Basics, Types of Operating
Systems, Tasks, Process and Threads, Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task Scheduling.
UNIT-V TASK COMMUNICATION Classes: 12
Task Communication: Shared Memory, Message Passing, Remote Procedure Call and
Sockets,
Task Synchronization: Task Communication/Synchronization Issues, Task Synchronization
Techniques, Device Drivers, Methods to Choose an RTOS.
TEXT BOOKS

1. Introduction to Embedded Systems - Shibu K.V, Mc Graw Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Embedded Systems - Raj Kamal, TMH.
2. Embedded System Design - Frank Vahid, Tony Givargis, John Wiley.
3. Embedded Systems – Lyla, Pearson, 2013
4. An Embedded Software Primer - David E. Simon, Pearson Education.
WEB REFERENCES

1. http://laboratorios.fi.uba.ar/lse/seminario/bibliografia-y-referencias.html?hl=en
2. https://ptolemy.berkeley.edu/projects/chess/eecs149/references.html
3. https://www.sanfoundry.com/best-reference-books-embedded-systems/
4. https://www.embeddedrelated.com/books-11/nf/all/all.php
E -TEXT BOOKS

1. https://www.e-booksdirectory.com/details.php?ebook=5392
2. https://books.google.co.in/books/about/Embedded_Systems_World_Class_Design
s.html?id=-U_Kt_8EpuwC&redir_esc=y
MOOCS COURSES

1. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/embedded-systems
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs14/preview

167
 St. MARTIN’S ENGINEERING COLLEGE
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad – 500100

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES

Open Elective - I
Course Code Course Name
EE612OE Non-Conventional Power Generation
EE613OE Nanotechnology
EE614OE Electrical Engineering Materials

Open Elective – II

Course Code Course Name

Design Estimation and Costing of Electrical
EE712OE
Systems
EE713OE Energy Storage system
EE714OE Basics of Power Plant Engineering

Open Elective – III

Course Code Course Name

EE808OE Energy Sources and Applications
EE809OE Reliability Engineering
EE810OE Utilisation of Electrical Energy

169
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in

NON CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION

III B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE612OE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To introduce various types of renewable energy technologies
2. To understand the technologies of energy conversion from the resources and their
quantitative analysis.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of this course, the student will be able to
1. Analyze solar thermal and photovoltaic systems and related technologies for energy
conversion.
2. Understand Wind energy conversion and devices available for it.
3. Understand Biomass conversion technologies, Geo thermal resources and energy
conversion principles and technologies.
4. Realize Power from oceans (thermal, wave, tidal) and conversion devices.
5. Understand fundamentals of fuel cells and commercial batteries.

UNIT-I FUNDAMENTALS OF SOLAR ENERGY Classes:15

Fundamentals of Solar Energy-Solar spectrum- Solar Radiation on Earth’s surface-Solar

radiation geometry-Solar radiation measurements- Solar radiation data- Solar radiation on
horizontal and tilted surfaces. Solar Thermal conversion- Flat plate collectors- concentrated
collectors- construction and thermal analysis- Solar applications- Solar ponds- Heliostat
systems-water heater-air heater-solar still.
UNIT-II SOLAR ELECTRIC POWER GENERATION Classes:10

Solar-Electric Power generation- Photovoltaic cells- Equivalent circuit- V-I Characteristics, Photovoltaic
modules – constructional details- design considerations- Tracking- Maximum power point tracking - Solar
Thermo electric conversion.

UNIT-III WIND ENERGY Classes:10

Wind Energy- Fundamentals of wind energy-power available in wind- Betz Limit, Aerodynamics of wind
turbine-Wind turbines-Horizontal and vertical axis turbines–their configurations- Wind Energy conversion
systems.

UNIT-IV ENERGY FROM BIO MASS Classes:15

170
Energy from Bio Mass- Various fuels- Sources-Conversion technologies-Wet Processes –
Dry Processes- Bio Gas generation – Aerobic and anaerobic digestion - Factors affecting generation of bio
gas - Classification of bio gas plants-Different Indian digesters- Digester
design considerations - Gasification process - Gasifiers – Applications. Geothermal Energy -
sources- Hydrothermal convective - Geo-pressure resources - Petro-thermal systems (HDR) -
Magma Resources-Prime Movers.
UNIT-V OTEC SYSTEMS Classes:20
OTEC Systems- Principle of operation - Open and closed cycles, Energy from Tides -
Principle of Tidal Power - Components of tidal Power plants - Operation Methods -
Estimation of Energy in Single and double basin systems - Energy and Power from Waves, Wave energy
conversion devices - Fuel Cells - Design and Principle of operation - Types of
Fuel Cells - Advantages and disadvantages - Types of Electrodes – Applications - Basics of
Batteries - Constructional details of Lead acid batteries - Ni-Cd Batteries.
TEXTBOOKS

1. “John Twidell & Wier”, “Renewable Energy Resources”, CRC Press, 2009.
2. “G. D. Rai”, “Non Conventional Energy sources”, Khanna publishers, 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. “D. P .Kothari, Singal, Rakesh and Ranjan”, “Renewable Energy sources and
Emerging Technologies”, PHI, 2009.
2. “F. C. Treble”, Generating Electricity from Sun, Pergamon Press, 1st Edition 1991
3. “C. S. Solanki”, “Solar Photovoltaics - Fundamentals- Principles and Applications”,
PHI, 2009
4. “S. P. Sukhatme”, “Solar Energy Principles and Application”, TMH, 2009.
WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. http://www.basicsofelectricalengineering.com/
3. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/circuits-topic/circuits-
4. https://circuitglobe.com/
5. https://www.electricaleasy.com/

E -TEXTBOOKS

1. https://easyengineering.net/basic-electrical-engineering-by-wadhwa/
2. https://easyengineering.net/objective-electrical-technology-by-mehta/

MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106014/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108078/
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ge06/preview

171
 St. Martin's EngineeringCollege
AnAutonomousInstitute
NBA&NAAC A+Accredited
Dhulapally,Secunderabad-500100
www.smec.ac.in
NANOTECHNOLOGY

III B.TECH-II SEMESTER(R20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits MaximumMarks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE613OE B.Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To know the extensive applications of Nanotechnology in the field of energy,
electronics, Biomedical Engg. Etc.
2. To built to specifications by manufacturing matter on the atomic scale. the Nano
products would exhibit an order of magnitude improvement in strength, toughness,
and efficiency.
3. The objective here is imparting the basic knowledge in Nano Science and
Technology.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. The present syllabus of “Introduction to Nano Technology” will give insight into
many aspects of Nanoscience, technology and their applications in the prospective
of materials science.
2. Able to know Effect of Nano-dimensions on Materials Behavior.
3. Able to know all the Applications of Nanotechnology.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION Classes:15

History and Scope, Can Small Things Make a Big Difference? Classification of Nanostructured
Materials, Fascinating Nanostructures, Applications of Nanomaterials, Nature: The Best of
Nanotechnologist, Challenges, and Future Prospects.

UNIT-II UNIQUE PROPERTIES OF NANOMATERIALS Classes:10

Microstructure and Defects in Nanocrystalline Materials: Dislocations, Twins, stacking faults

and voids, Grain Boundaries, triple and disclinations.
Effect of Nano-dimensions on Materials Behavior: Elastic properties, Melting Point, Diffusivity,
Grain growth characteristics, enhanced solid solubility.
Magnetic Properties: Soft magnetic nanocrystalline alloy, Permanent magnetic nanocrystalline
materials, Giant Magnetic Resonance, Electrical Properties, Optical Properties, Thermal Properties,
and Mechanical Properties.
UNIT-III SYNTHESIS ROUTES Classes:15

172
Bottom up approaches: Physical Vapor Deposition, Inert Gas Condensation, Laser Ablation,
Chemical Vapor Deposition, Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Solgel method ,Self-assembly.
Top down approaches: Mechanical alloying, Nano-lithography,
Consolidation of Nanopowders: Shock wave consolidation, Hot isostatic pressing and Cold
isostatic pressing Spark plasma sintering.
UNIT-IV TOOLS TO CHARACTERIZE NANOMATERIALS Classes:15

X-Ray Diffraction (XRD), Small Angle X-ray scattering (SAXS), Scanning Electron Microscopy
(SEM), Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM), Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM), Scanning
Tunneling Microscope R16 B.TECH MSNT. (STM), Field Ion Microscope (FEM), Three-
dimensional Atom Probe (3DAP).
UNIT-V APPLICATIONS OF NANOMATERIALS Classes:10

Nano-electronics, Micro- and Nano-electromechanical systems (MEMS/NEMS), Nanosensors,

Nanocatalysts, Food and Agricultural Industry, Cosmetic and Consumer Goods, Structure and
Engineering, Automotive Industry, WaterTreatment and the environment, Nano-medical
applications, Textiles, Paints, Energy, Defense and Space Applications, Concerns and challenges of
Nanotechnology.
TEXTBOOKS
1. Text Book of Nano Science and Nano Technology – B.S. Murthy, P.
Shankar, Baldev Raj, B.B. Rath and James Munday, University Press-
IIM..
REFERENCEBOOKS
1. Text Book of Nano Science and Nano Technology -- B. S. Murthy, P.
Shankar, Baldey Raj, B. B. Rath and James Munday, University Press –
IIM.
2. Introduction to Nanotechnology – Charles P. Poole, Jr., and Frank J. Owens, Wley India
Edition, 2012
WEBREFERENCES
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nanotechnology.
2. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fmicb.2017.01501/full

E-TEXTBOOKS
1. http://web.pdx.edu/~pmoeck/phy381/workbook%20nanoscience.pdf
2. https://www.nanowerk.com/nanotechnology/periodicals/ebook_a.php

MOOCS COURSE
1. https://www.mooclist.com/tags/nanotechnology?__cf_chl_tk=IQS7JPHFNmAJEvyAsfBaX
XRk0HiFZWZOdHWr3Bon9JI-1643616230-0-gaNycGzNCOU

173
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS

III B.TECH - II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE614OE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To understand the importance of various materials used in electrical engineering andobtain
a qualitative analysis of their behavior and applications To learn
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand various types of dielectric materials, their properties in various conditions.
2. Evaluate magnetic materials and their behavior.
3. Evaluate semiconductor materials and technologies.
4. Acquire Knowledge on Materials used in electrical engineering and applications.

UNIT-I DIELECTRIC MATERIALS Classes:15

Dielectric as Electric Field Medium, leakage currents, dielectric loss, dielectric strength, breakdown
voltage, breakdown in solid dielectrics, flashover, liquid dielectrics, electric conductivity in solid,
liquid and gaseous dielectrics, Ferromagnetic materials, properties of ferromagnetic materials in
static fields, spontaneous, polarization, curie point, anti-ferromagnetic materials, piezoelectric
materials, pyroelectric materials.
UNIT-II MAGNETIC MATERIALS Classes:10
Classification of magnetic materials, spontaneous magnetization in ferromagnetic materials,
magnetic Anisotropy, Magnetostriction, diamagnetism, magnetically soft and hard materials,
special purpose materials, feebly magnetic materials, Ferrites, cast and cermet permanent
magnets, ageing of magnets. Factors effecting permeability and hysteresis

UNIT-III SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS Classes:15

Properties of semiconductors, Silicon wafers, integration techniques, Large and very large scale
integration techniques (VLSI)

UNIT-IV MATERIALS FOR ELECTRICAL APPLICATIONS Classes:15

174
Materials used for Resistors, rheostats, heaters, transmission line structures, stranded conductors,
bimetals fuses, soft and hard solders, electric contact materials, electric carbon materials,
thermocouple materials. Solid, Liquid and Gaseous insulating materials, Effect of moisture on
insulation
UNIT-V SPECIAL PURPOSE MATERIALS Classes:10

Refractory Materials, Structural Materials, Radioactive Materials, Galvanization and Impregnation

of materials, Processing of electronic materials, Insulating varnishes and coolants, Properties and
applications of mineral oils, Testing of Transformer oil as per ISI

TEXTBOOKS

1. “R K Rajput”, “ A course in Electrical Engineering Materials”, Laxmi Publications,

2009
2. “T K Basak”, “ A course in Electrical Engineering Materials”, New Age Science
Publications 2009

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. TTTI Madras, “Electrical Engineering Materials”, McGraw Hill Education, 2004.

2. “AdrianusJ.Dekker”, Electrical Engineering Materials, PHI Publication, 2006.
3. S. P. Seth, P. V. Gupta “A course in Electrical Engineering Materials”, Dhanpat Rai &
Sons, 2011.

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/electrical-engineering-materials/
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/219/electrical-engineering-materials-eem

E -TEXTBOOKS

1. https://www.books.google.co.in/books/about/A_Textbook_of_Electrical_Engineering_
Mat.html?id=Ee8ruUXkJeMC.
2. https://www.amazon.in/Introduction-Electrical-Engineering-Materials-
ebook/dp/B00QUYKXTI
MOOCS COURSE

1. https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PL63n2PcxRiNcW6kYMoglxTLUAcfDJ7xUR

175
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
DESIGN ESTIMATION AND COSTING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

IV B.TECH – I SEMESTER (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE712OE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To emphasize the estimation and costing aspects of all electrical equipment, installation and
designs on the cost viability.
2. To design and estimation of wiring
3. To design overhead and underground distribution lines, substations and illumination
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Understand the design considerations of electrical installations.
2. Design electrical installation for buildings and small industries.
3. Identify and design the various types of light sources for different applications

UNIT-I DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS OF ELECTRICAL Classes:15

INSTALLATIONS
Electric Supply System, Three phase four wire distribution system, Protection of Electric
Installation against over load, short circuit and Earth fault, Earthing, General requirements of
electrical installations, testing of installations, Indian Electricity rules, Neutral and Earth wire,
Types of loads, Systems of wiring, Service connections , Service Mains, Sub-Circuits, Location of
Outlets, Location of Control Switches, Location of Main Board and Distribution board, Guide lines
for Installation of Fittings, Load Assessment, Permissible voltage drops and sizes of wires,
estimating and costing of Electric installations.
UNIT-II ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION FOR DIFFERENT Classes:10
TYPES OF BUILDINGS AND SMALL INDUSTRIES
Electrical installations for residential buildings – estimating and costing of material, Electrical
installations for commercial buildings, Electrical installations for small industries.

UNIT-III OVERHEAD AND UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION Classes:15

AND DISTRIBUTION LINES
Introduction, Supports for transmission lines, Distribution lines – Materials used, Underground
cables, Mechanical Design of overhead lines, Design of underground cables.

176
UNIT-IV SUBSTATIONS Classes:15

Introduction, Types of substations, Outdoor substation – Pole mounted type, Indoor substations –
Floor mounted type.

UNIT-V DESIGN OF ILLUMINATION SCHEMES Classes:10

Introduction, Terminology in illumination, laws of illumination, various types of light sources,

Practical lighting schemes LED, CFL and differences.

TEXTBOOKS
1. “K. B. Raina, S. K. Bhattacharya”, “Electrical Design Estimating and Costing”, New
Age International Publisher, 2010.
2. “Er. V. K. Jain, Er. Amitabh Bajaj”, “Design of Electrical Installations”, University
Science Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Code of practice for Electrical wiring installations,(System voltage not exceeding 650
volts), Indian Standard Institution, IS: 732-1983.
2. Guide for Electrical layout in residential buildings, Indian Standard Institution, IS:
4648-1968.
3. Electrical Installation buildings Indian Standard Institution, IS: 2032.
4. Code of Practice for selection, Installation of Maintenance of fuse (voltage not exceeding
650 V), Indian Standard Institution, IS: 3106-1966.
5. Code of Practice for earthling, Indian Standard Institution, IS: 3043-1966.
6. “Gupta J. B., Katson, Ludhiana”, “Electrical Installation, estimating and costing”,
S.K. Kataria and sons, 2013.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/219/ design-estimation-and-costing-of-electrical-systems-
deces
E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://www.scribd.com/document/391792290/ELECTRICAL-DESIGN-Estimating-and-
Costing-K-B-RAINA-S-K-BHATTACHARYA
2. https://idoc.pub/download/electrical-layout-and-estimate-2nd-edition-by-max-b-fajardo-jr-
leo-r-fajardo-k546w29qo9l8
MOOCS COURSE
1. https://youtu.be/7mjp8SCCbdI

177
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in

ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS

IV B.TECH I SEMESTER (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE713OE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To enable the student to understand the need for energy storage, devices and technologies
available and their applications
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. analyze the characteristics of energy from various sources and need for storage
2. classify various types of energy storage and various devices used for the purpose
3. Identify various real time applications.

UNIT-I ELECTRICAL ENERGY STORAGE TECHNOLOGIES Classes:15

Characteristics of electricity, Electricity and the roles of EES, High generation cost during peak-
demand periods, Need for continuous and flexible supply, Long distance between generation and
consumption, Congestion in power grids, Transmission by cable.

UNIT-II NEEDS FOR ELECTRICAL ENERGY STORAGE Classes:10

Emerging needs for EES, More renewable energy, less fossil fuel, Smart Grid uses, The roles of
electrical energy storage technologies, The roles from the viewpoint of a utility, The roles from the
viewpoint of consumers, The roles from the viewpoint of generators of renewable energy.

UNIT-III FEATURES OF ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS Classes:15

Classification of EES systems, Mechanical storage systems, Pumped hydro storage (PHS),
Compressed air energy storage (CAES), Flywheel energy storage (FES), Electrochemical storage
systems, Secondary batteries, Flow batteries, Chemical energy storage, Hydrogen (H2), Synthetic
natural gas (SNG).
UNIT-IV TYPES OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY STORAGE Classes:15
SYSTEMS
Electrical storage systems, Double-layer capacitors (DLC), Super conducting magnetic energy
storage (SMES), Thermal storage systems, Standards for EES, Technical comparison of EES
technologies.

178
UNIT-V APPLICATIONS Classes:10

Present status of applications, Utility use (conventional power generation, grid operation & service)
, Consumer use (uninterruptable power supply for large consumers), New trends in applications,
Renewable energy generation, Smart Grid, Smart Micro grid, Smart House, Electric vehicles,
Management and control hierarchy of storage systems, Internal configuration of battery storage
systems, External connection of EES systems , Aggregating EES systems and distributed generation
(Virtual Power Plant), Battery SCADA– aggregation of many dispersed batteries.
TEXTBOOKS
1. “James M. Eyer, Joseph J. Iannucci and Garth P. Corey “, “Energy Storage Benefits
and Market Analysis”, Sandia National Laboratories, 2004.
2. The Electrical Energy Storage by IEC Market Strategy Board.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. . “Jim Eyer, Garth Corey”, Energy Storage for the Electricity Grid: Benefits and Market
Potential Assessment Guide, Report, Sandia National Laboratories, Feb 2010.

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/219/energy-storage-systems-ess

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://indiasmartgrid.org/Electric-Energy-Storage-(EES).php
2. https://www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/oeprod/DocumentsandMedia/AdvancedMaterials_1
2-30-10_FINAL_lowres.pdf

MOOCS COURSE
1. https://youtu.be/j7RaL_XKywk
2. https://youtu.be/dFnu5nSJcrQ

179
 ST. MARTIN'S ENGINEERING COLLEGE
An UGC Autonomous Institute
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
www.smec.ac.in
BASICS OF POWER PLANT ENGINEERING

IV B.TECH – I SEMESTER (R20)

Course Code Programme Hours/Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE714OE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• To provide an overview of power plants and the associated energy conversion issues
COURSE OUTCOMES
• Upon completion of the course, the students can understand the principles of operation
for different power plants and their economics.
UNIT-I COAL BASED THERMAL POWER PLANTS Classes:15
Basic Rankine cycle and its modifications, layout of modern coal power plant, super critical boilers,
FBC boilers, turbines, condensers, steam and heating rates, subsystems of thermal power plants, fuel
and ash handling, draught system, feed water treatment, binary cycles and cogeneration systems.

UNIT-II GAS TURBINE AND COMBINED CYCLE POWER Classes:10

PLANTS
Brayton cycle analysis and optimization, components of gas turbine power plants, combined cycle
power plants, Integrated Gasifier based Combined Cycle (IGCC) systems.

UNIT-III BASICS OF NUCLEAR ENERGY CONVERSION Classes:15

Layout and subsystems of nuclear power plants, Boiling Water Reactor (BWR), Pressurized Water
Reactor (PWR), CANDU Reactor, Pressurized Heavy Water Reactor (PHWR), Fast Breeder Reactors
(FBR), gas cooled and liquid metal cooled reactors, safety measures for nuclear power plants.

UNIT-IV HYDROELECTRIC POWER PLANTS Classes:15

Classification, typical layout and components, principles of wind, tidal, solar PV and solar
thermal, geothermal, biogas and fuel cell power systems.

180
 ENERGY, ECONOMIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL
UNIT-V Classes:10
ISSUES
Power tariffs, load distribution parameters, load curve, capital and operating cost of different power
plants, pollution control technologies including wastedisposal options for coal and nuclear plants.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Nag P.K., Power Plant Engineering, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. El Wakil M.M., Power Plant Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Elliot T.C., Chen K and Swanekamp R.C., Power Plant Engineering, 2nd ed., McGraw Hill,
1998.

WEB REFERENCES
1. http://mat.gsia.cmu.edu/blog/. https://www.iiit.ac.in/people/faculty/
2. http://mitsloan.mit.edu
3. www.energyshouldbe.org

MOOCS COURSE
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106133/1
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106133/2
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106133/3
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106133/4
5. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106133/5
6. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105058/8
7. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105058/9
8. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105058/10

181
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
ENERGY SOURCES AND APPLICATIONS

IV B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE808OE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To introduce various types of energy sources available.
2. The technologies of energy conversion from these resources and their
quantitative analysis.
3. To know the applications of various energy sources
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. List and generally explain the main sources of energy and their primary applications
nationally and internationally.
2. Understand the energy sources and scientific concepts/principles behind them.
3. Understand effect of using these sources on the environment and climate.
4. Describe the challenges and problems associated with the use of various energy sources,
Including fossil fuels, with regard to future supply and the impact on the environment.
5. List and describe the primary renewable energy resources and technologies
6. To quantify energy demands and make comparisons among energy uses, resources, and
Technologies.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO ENERGY SCIENCE Classes:15

Scientific principles and historical interpretation to place energy use in the context of pressing
societal, environmental and climate issues Introduction to energy systems and resources;
Introduction to Energy, sustainability & the environment

UNIT-II ENERGY SOURCES Classes:10

Overview of energy systems, sources, transformations efficiency, and storage. Fossil fuels (coal, oil,
oil-bearing shale and sands, coal gasification) -past, present & future, Remedies & alternatives for
fossil fuels - biomass, wind, solar nuclear, wave, tidal and hydrogen.

UNIT-III SUSTAINABILITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL TRADE- Classes:10

OFFS OF DIFFERENCE ENERGY SYSTEMS
Possibilities for energy storage or regeneration (Ex. Pumped storage hydro Power projects,
superconductor-based energy storages, high efficiency batteries)

UNIT-IV ENERGY & ENVIRONMENT Classes:15

182
Energy efficiency and conservation; introduction to clean energy technologies and its importance in
sustainable development; Carbon footprint, energy consumption and sustainability; introduction to
the economics of energy; How the economic system determines production and consumption;
linkages between economic and environmental outcomes; How future energy use can be influenced
by economic environmental, trade, and research policy.

UNIT-V ENGINEERING FOR ENERGY CONSERVATION Classes:15

Concept of Green Building and Green Architecture; Green building concepts (Green building
encompasses everything from the choice of building materials to where a building is located, how it
is designed and operated) LEED ratings; Identification of energy related enterprises that represent
the breath of the industry and prioritizing these as candidates; Embodied energy analysis and use as
a tool for measuring sustainability. Energy Audit of Facilities and optimization of energy
consumption
TEXTBOOKS

1. Boyle, Godfrey (2004), Renewable Energy (2nd edition). Oxford University Press
2. Boyle, Godfrey, Bob Everett, and Janet Ramage (Eds.) (2004), Energy Systems and
Sustainability: Power for a Sustainable Future. Oxford University Press.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Schaeffer, John (2007), Real Goods Solar Living Sourcebook: The Complete Guide to
Renewable Energy Technologies and Sustainable Living, Gaiam.
2. Jean-Philippe; Zaccour, Georges (Eds.), (2005), Energy and Environment Set:
Mathematics of Decision Making, Loulou, Richard; Waaub, XVIII.
3. Ristinen, Robert A. Kraushaar, Jack J. A Kraushaar, Jack P. Ristinen, Robert A. (2006)
Energy and the Environment, 2nd Edition, John Wiley UNDP (2000), Energy and the
Challenge of Sustainability, World Energy assessment.
4. E H Thorndike (1976), Energy & Environment: A Primer for Scientists and Engineers,
Addison-Wesley Publishing Company
5. Related papers published in international journals.

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://letstalkscience.ca/educational-resources/backgrounders/introduction-energy
2. https://vikaspedia.in/energy/energy-basics/sources-of-energy
3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/energy-policy/special-issue/10KFFPJCBMT
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Energy_%26_Environment
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Energy_engineering

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://pdfroom.com/books/real-goods-solar-living-sourcebook-your-complete-guide-
to-living-beyond-the-grid-with-renewable-energy-technologies-and-sustainable-living-
14th-edition/v0K2l70gape
MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105058/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106014/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103/103/103103206/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/108/108108078/

183
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
RELIABILITY ENGINEERING

IV B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)

Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE809OE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To learn
1. To introduce the basic concepts of reliability, various models of reliability.
2. To analyze reliability of various systems.
3. To introduce techniques of frequency and duration for reliability evaluation of
repairable
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, the student is able to
1. Model various systems applying reliability networks.
2. Evaluate the reliability of simple and complex systems.
3. Estimate the limiting state probabilities of repairable systems.
4. Apply various mathematical models for evaluating reliability of irreparable systems.

UNIT-I BASIC PROBABILITY THEORY & BINOMIAL Classes:15

DISTRIBUTION
Elements of probability, probability distributions, Random variables, Density and Distribution
functions- Mathematical expected – variance and standard deviation
Concepts, properties, engineering applications.

UNIT-II NETWORK MODELING AND EVALUATION OF Classes:10

SIMPLE SYSTEMS
Basic concepts- Evaluation of network, Reliability / Unreliability - Series systems, Parallel systems
- Series-Parallel systems- Partially redundant systems- Examples.
Network Modeling and Evaluation of Complex Systems: Conditional probability method- tie set,
Cut-set approach- Event tree and reduced event tree methods- Relationships between tie and cut-sets-
Examples.
UNIT-III PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS IN RELIABILITY Classes:15
EVALUATION
Distribution concepts, Terminology of distributions, General reliability functions, Evaluation of the
reliability functions, shape of reliability functions –Poisson distribution – normal distribution,
exponential distribution, Weibull distribution.
Network Reliability Evaluation Using Probability Distributions: Reliability Evaluation of Series
systems, Parallel systems – Partially redundant systems- determination of reliability measure- MTTF
for series and parallel systems – Examples.

184
UNIT-IV DISCRETE MARKOV CHAINS Classes:15

Basic concepts- Stochastic transitional probability matrix- time dependent probability evaluation-
Limiting State Probability evaluation- Absorbing states – Application.
Continuous Markov Processes: Modeling concepts- State space diagrams- Unreliability evaluation
of single and two component repairable systems
UNIT-V FREQUENCY AND DURATION TECHNIQUES Classes:10
Frequency and duration concepts, application to multi state problems, Frequency balance approach.
Approximate System Reliability Evaluation: Series systems – Parallel systems- Network reduction
Techniques- Cut set approach- Common mode failures modeling and evaluation techniques-
Examples.
TEXTBOOKS

1. Roy Billinton and Ronald N Allan, Reliability Evaluation of Engineering Systems, Plenum
Press.
2. E. Balagurusamy, Reliability Engineering by Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Reliability Engineering: Theory and Practice by Alessandro Birolini, Springer

Publications.
2. An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering by Charles Ebeling, TMH,
Publications.
3. Reliability Engineering by Elsayed A. Elsayed, Prentice Hall Publications.

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/knowledge/other/binomial-distribution/
2. https://stephens999.github.io/fiveMinuteStats/markov_chains_discrete_intro.html
3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/mathematics/continuous-time-markov-chain
4. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007%2F978-1-4615-7728-7_11

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007%2F978-1-4615-7728-7_11
2. https://qpr.buaa.edu.cn/__local/2/AA/B8/BB116BBD20312235B2E7F93FAD2_483F18EF
_5132FE.pdf?e=.pdf
3. https://mast.queensu.ca/~stat455/lecturenotes/set5.pdf

MOOCS COURSE
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/104/111104032/#
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/108/105108128/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/106/115106089/

185
 St. Martin's Engineering College
An Autonomous Institute
NBA & NAAC A+ Accredited
Dhulapally, Secunderabad-500 100
www.smec.ac.in
Utilization of Electrical Energy
IV B. TECH- II SEMESTER (R 20)
Course Code Programme Hours /Week Credits Maximum Marks
L T P C CIE SEE Total
EE810OE B. Tech
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
• To understand the fundamentals of illumination and good lighting practices
• To understand the methods of electric heating and welding.
• To understand the concepts of electric drives and their application to electrical traction systems.
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
• Understand basic principles of electric heating and welding.
• Determine the lighting requirements for flood lighting, household and industrial needs.
• Calculate heat developed in induction furnace.
• Evaluate speed time curves for traction

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO HEATING Classes:15

Electrical Heating: Advantages and methods of electric heating, resistance heating, induction heating and dielectric
heating.

UNIT-II ELECTRIC WELDING Classes:10

Electric Welding: Electric welding equipment, resistance welding and arc welding, comparison between AC and DC
welding. Electrolysis process: principle of electrolysis, electroplating, metal extraction and metal processing,
electromagnetic stirs.

UNIT-III ILLUMINATION Classes:15

Illumination: Terminology, Laws of illumination, coefficient of Utilization and depreciation, Polar curves,
Photometry, integrating sphere, sources of light, fluorescent lamps, compact fluorescent lamps, LED lamps discharge
lamps, mercury vapor lamps, sodium vapor lamps and neon lamps, comparison between tungsten filament lamps and
fluorescent tubes. Basic principles of light control, Types and design of lighting scheme, lighting calculations, factory
lighting, street lighting and flood lighting.

186
UNIT-IV ELECTRIC TRACTION Classes:15

Electric Traction: Systems of electric traction and track electrification- DC system, single phase and 3-phase low
frequency and high frequency system, composite system, kando system, comparison between AC and DC systems,
problems of single-phase traction with current unbalance and voltage unbalance. Mechanics of traction movement,
speed – time curves for different services, trapezoidal and quadrilateral speed – time curves, tractive effort, power,
specific energy consumption, effect of varying acceleration and braking, retardation, adhesive weight and braking
retardation, coefficient of adhesion.
UNIT-V SYSTEMS OF TRAIN LIGHTING Classes:10

Systems of Train Lighting: special requirements of train lighting, methods of obtaining unidirectional polarity constant
output- single battery system, Double battery parallel block system, coach wiring, lighting by making use of 25KV AC
supply

TEXTBOOKS
1. H. Partab: Modern Electric Traction, Dhanpat Rai & Co, 2007.
2. E. Openshaw Taylor: Utilization of Electric Energy, Orient Longman, 2010

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. H. Partab: Art & Science of Utilization of Electric Energy, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 1998.
2. N.V. Suryanarayana: Utilisation of Electrical power including Electric drives and Electric Traction, New Age
Publishers, 1997.

WEB REFERENCES

1. https://www.Electric heating .com/

2. http://www. Electric Traction .com/
3. http://www.Utilization of Electric .com/

E -TEXTBOOKS
1. https://easyengineering.net/ J.B. Gupta/Utilization of Electric Power & Electric Traction/
2. https://easyengineering.net/ Tarlok Singh /Utilization Of Electric Energy
MOOCS COURSE

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/11
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102146/12
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/45

187